JP7168535B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko game machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a pachinko game machine that variably displays identification information when a game ball shot into a game area enters a predetermined winning hole, and generates a jackpot game when a display result indicating a jackpot is derived and displayed. ing.

In the pachinko game machine, various effects are performed during the variable display. For example, there is known an effect of displaying an image such as "Chance" when the display time of the timer reaches "0" in the timer notice effect (for example, see Patent Document 1). Also, for example, there is known a game machine that acquires cards and performs a notice effect corresponding to the acquired cards (see, for example, Patent Document 2).

JP 2015-085082 A JP 2016-116654 A

However, in the prior art, the interest of the advance notice effect was insufficient.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the advance notice effect.

In order to achieve the above object, the gaming machine according to the present invention is
A gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1 capable of playing a game) that performs variable display of identification information (for example, special symbols) and can be controlled in an advantageous state for the player,
A production execution means (for example, production control CPU 120) capable of executing production is provided,
The production executing means is
A plurality of types of announcement effects that foretell the reliability of being controlled to the advantageous state (for example, character announcement effects, title announcement effects, button announcement effects, role announcement effects, etc. shown in FIGS. 10-4 to 10-7) ), and
Prior to execution of the advance notice effect, an advance effect (e.g., timer effect) that displays one of a plurality of types of special displays (e.g., display for acquiring weapons such as revolvers and hand grenades) can be executed,
After the special display is displayed, a type of related effect corresponding to the type of the special display (for example, a revolver-related effect in FIG. 10-4 and a grenade-related effect in FIG. 10-5) can be executed,
It is possible to execute a notification effect (for example, a super reach jackpot effect) that notifies that it is controlled to the advantageous state (for example, a big hit game state),
A common notification effect can be executed regardless of which type of related effect is executed,
It is possible to execute the notice effect before it is notified that the control to the advantageous state is performed in the notification effect,
Depending on the type of the related effect, the selection ratio of the type of the notice effect to be executed differs (for example, when the revolver-related effect is performed, the proportion of the character notice effect being performed is high (e.g., 100%), and the character notice effect is performed. The percentage of other notice effects performed is low (for example, 0%).),
The preliminary effect includes an introductory effect (for example, the introductory effect shown in FIG. 10-14 (B)) and a predetermined effect in which the display mode of a predetermined display different from the special display is changed to a predetermined mode according to the passage of time. including
The production executing means is
In the preliminary effect, the special display can be displayed while the predetermined effect is being executed,
Corresponding to the variable display of the identification information, the variable display of the decoration identification information (for example, the decoration pattern 018SH100 in FIG. 10-14 (A)) can be executed,
The notification effect can be executed after the decoration identification information is displayed in a specific mode (for example, the ready-to-win mode in FIG. 10-15 (E), the temporary stop display mode of the pseudo continuous pattern),
A special effect (a ready-to-win mode, a temporary stop display of a pseudo-continuous pattern, or a slippage change in a pseudo-continuous notice effect) in which the decoration identification information is the specific mode is not executed during the execution of the introduction effect (FIG. 10-14 ( B) ~ As shown in Fig. 10-15 (D), the decoration pattern 018SH100 is not displayed during the introductory effect),
It is possible to execute the special effect (for example, the reach mode shown in FIG. 10-18 (N)) after the related effect (for example, the tank-related effect shown in FIGS. 10-17 (K) and (L)) is executed. characterized by

According to such a configuration, it is possible not to execute the special effect with the decoration identification information as the specific mode during the period in which the introduction effect of the preliminary effect is executed. As a result, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the preliminary performance performed first in a series of performances performed before the preliminary performance, and also to make the player pay attention to the related performance performed after the preliminary performance. . Therefore, it is possible to further improve the interest of the advance notice effect.

It is a front view of the pachinko game machine in this embodiment. It is a configuration diagram showing various control boards and the like mounted in the pachinko game machine. It is a flow chart which shows an example of game control main processing. It is a flow chart showing an example of timer interrupt processing for game control. It is a flow chart which shows an example of special design process processing. It is a flow chart which shows an example of production control main processing. It is a flow chart which shows an example of production control process processing. It is a front view of the game machine which concerns on the characteristic part 027SH. It is an explanatory diagram for explaining the winning probability of the game machine related to the characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which illustrates the variation pattern of the gaming machine based on the characteristic part 027SH. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an advance notice effect; It is a production example of each advance notice production. It is a production example of each advance notice production. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a determination ratio of the advance notice effect, and the like; It is an explanatory view explaining item image production. It is a display example of each item image. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a determination ratio of item image effects and the like; FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining various timings; It is a specific example of various timings. It is a specific example of various timings. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the production|presentation determination process in the pachinko game machine based on the characteristic part 027SH. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the production|presentation determination process in the pachinko game machine based on the characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on characteristic part 027SH. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining setting value suggestion in a game machine related to the characteristic portion 027SH; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining setting value suggestion in a game machine related to the characteristic portion 027SH; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an advance notice effect; This is an example of the advance notice effect. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a determination ratio of the advance notice effect, and the like; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a determination ratio of the advance notice effect, and the like; It is an example of a display, such as a present box image. It is an example of a display, such as a present box image. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of a present box; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a setting suggesting effect (hot character effect, eye-catching effect); FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of a hot character effect; FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of an eye-catching effect; FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining various timings; It is a specific example of various timings. It is a specific example of various timings. It is a specific example of various timings. 10 is a flow chart showing an example of effect determination processing A for determining an advance notice effect and a present box effect. 10 is a flow chart showing an example of effect determination processing A for determining an advance notice effect and a present box effect. 10 is a flow chart showing an example of effect determination processing A for determining an advance notice effect and a present box effect. FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an example of an effect determination process B for determining a setting suggestion effect (heated character effect, eye-catching effect); FIG. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation operation example based on the characteristic part 006SH. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of an announcement effect pattern and its contents; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a determination ratio of an advance notice effect; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a determination ratio of an advance notice effect; FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing the timing of each effect including a timer effect and a related effect intended for the character preview effect; FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing the timing of each effect including a timer effect and a related effect targeted for the title announcement effect; It is an explanatory diagram showing the timing of each effect including the timer effect and the related effect intended for the button advance notice effect. It is an explanatory diagram showing the timing of each effect including a timer effect and a related effect intended for the role announcement effect. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a determination ratio of timer effect; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the preview effect pattern and the preliminary effect; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the weapon determination ratio when executing the strong button announcement effect; FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a determination ratio of a timer display mode in a timer effect; It is a flowchart which shows an example of the production|presentation determination process in the production|presentation control process processing of the characteristic part 018SH. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the production|presentation determination process in the production|presentation control process processing of the characteristic part 018SH. FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of transition of the effect screen when variable display of Super Reach B is performed in the characteristic portion 018SH; FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of transition of the effect screen when variable display of Super Reach B is performed in the characteristic portion 018SH; FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of transition of the effect screen when variable display of Super Reach B is performed in the characteristic portion 018SH; FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of transition of the effect screen when variable display of Super Reach B is performed in the characteristic portion 018SH; FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of transition of the effect screen when variable display of Super Reach B is performed in the characteristic portion 018SH; FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of transition of the effect screen when variable display of Super Reach B is performed in the characteristic portion 018SH;

(Basic explanation)
First, the basic configuration and control of the pachinko game machine 1 (also the configuration and control of a general pachinko game machine) will be described.

(Structure of pachinko machine 1, etc.)
FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko game machine 1, showing the arrangement layout of the main members. A pachinko game machine (game machine) 1 is roughly composed of a game board (gauge board) 2 forming a game board surface and a game machine frame (underframe) 3 supporting and fixing the game board 2 . A game area is formed in the game board 2, and a game ball as a game medium is shot from a predetermined ball shooting device and hit into the game area.

At a predetermined position of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, on the right side of the game area), a variable display (also called a special game) of special symbols (also called special symbols) as a plurality of types of special identification information is displayed. first to do
A special symbol display device 4A and a second special symbol display device 4B are provided. Each of these consists of a 7-segment LED or the like. Special symbols are numbers indicating "0" to "9" and "
-” or the like. The special symbol may include a pattern in which all LEDs are turned off.

The "variable display" of special symbols means, for example, that a plurality of types of special symbols are variably displayed (the same applies to other symbols described later). Variations include updating display of a plurality of patterns, scrolling display of a plurality of patterns, deformation of one or more patterns, enlargement/reduction of one or more patterns, and the like. In the variation of special symbols and normal symbols, which will be described later, a plurality of types of special symbols or normal symbols are updated and displayed. In the variation of decorative patterns, which will be described later, a plurality of types of decorative patterns are scrolled or updated, and one or more decorative patterns are deformed or enlarged/reduced. Note that the variation also includes a mode in which a certain symbol is displayed blinking. At the end of the variable display, a predetermined special symbol is stopped and displayed (also referred to as derivation or derivation display) as a display result (the same applies to variable display of other symbols to be described later). Variable display may be expressed as variable display or variation.

The special symbols variably displayed on the first special symbol display device 4A are also called "first special symbols", and the special symbols variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 4B are also called "second special symbols". Also, a special game using the first special game is called a "first special game", and a special game using the second special game is called a "second special game". In addition, the number of special symbol display devices that variably display the special symbols may be one.

An image display device 5 is provided near the center of the game area on the game board 2 . The image display device 5 is composed of, for example, an LCD (liquid crystal display) or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence), and displays various effects images. The image display device 5 may be composed of a projector and a screen. Various effect images are displayed on the image display device 5 .

For example, on the screen of the image display device 5, in synchronization with the first special game and the second special game,
Variable display of decoration patterns (designs showing numbers etc.) as a plurality of types of decoration identification information different from special patterns is performed. Here, in synchronization with the first special game or the second special game, "
Decorative patterns are variably displayed (for example, vertically scrolled or updated) in the left, middle, and right decorative design display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R. In addition, the variable display of the special figure game and the decorative pattern that are executed in synchronism is generically called simply variable display.

On the screen of the image display device 5, a suspended display corresponding to the variable display whose execution is suspended,
A display area may be provided for displaying active representations corresponding to the variable representations being executed. Suspended display and active display are also collectively referred to as variable display corresponding display corresponding to variable display.

The number of variable representations that are reserved is also referred to as the number of reserved memories. The reserved memory number corresponding to the first special game is also referred to as the first reserved memory number, and the reserved memory number corresponding to the second special game is also referred to as the second reserved memory number. The sum of the first reserved memory count and the second reserved memory count is also referred to as the total reserved memory count.

In addition, at a predetermined position of the game board 2, a first suspension indicator 25 comprising a plurality of LEDs
A and a second reservation display 25B are provided, the first reservation display 25A displays the first reservation storage number according to the number of LEDs lit, and the second reservation display 25B displays the number of LEDs lit, Display the number of second pending memories.

Below the image display device 5, a winning ball device 6A and a variable winning ball device 6B are provided.

Winning ball device 6A, for example, forms a first starting winning opening that is kept in a constant open state in which game balls can enter, for example, by a predetermined ball receiving member. When a game ball enters the first start winning hole, a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls are paid out, and the first special game can be started.

The variable winning ball device 6B (ordinary electric accessory) forms a second starting winning hole that changes between a closed state and an open state by a solenoid 81 (see FIG. 2). The variable winning ball device 6B is, for example,
An electric tulip-shaped accessory having a pair of movable wing pieces is provided, and when the solenoid 81 is in an OFF state, the movable wing pieces are in a vertical position, so that the tips of the movable wing pieces approach the winning ball device 6A, A closed state in which game balls do not enter the second starting winning opening (also referred to as a second starting winning opening being closed). On the other hand, the variable winning ball device 6B is in an open state in which the game ball can enter the second start winning opening (second start It is also said that the prize-winning mouth is open.). When the game ball enters the second start winning hole, a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls are paid out, and the second special game can be started. Note that the variable winning ball device 6B may be any device that changes between a closed state and an open state, and is not limited to a device provided with an electric tulip-shaped accessory.

At predetermined positions of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, four positions on the left and right sides of the game area), there are provided general winning holes 10 which are always kept open by predetermined ball receiving members. In this case, when the player enters one of the general winning openings 10, a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls are paid out as prize balls.

Below the winning ball device 6A and the variable winning ball device 6B, a special variable winning ball device 7 having a large winning hole is provided. The special variable winning ball device 7 is provided with a large winning opening door that is driven to open and close by a solenoid 82 (see FIG. 2), and the special winning opening as a specific area that changes between an open state and a closed state by the large winning opening door. Form.

As an example, in the special variable winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the big winning door (for the special electric accessory) is in the OFF state, the big winning door closes the big winning door, and the game ball is pushed out. You will not be able to enter (pass through) the prize gate. On the other hand, in the special variable prize winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the special prize winning port door is in the ON state, the special prize winning port door opens the big prize winning port, making it easier for the game ball to enter the big prize winning port. Become.

When game balls enter the big winning hole, a predetermined number (for example, 14) of game balls are paid out as prize balls. When the game balls enter the big winning hole, more prize balls are paid out than when the game balls enter the first starting winning hole, the second starting winning hole and the general winning hole 10, for example.

Entering a game ball into each winning hole including the general winning hole 10 is also called "winning". In particular, winning a prize to a starting opening (first starting winning opening, second starting winning opening starting opening) is also referred to as starting winning.

At a predetermined position of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, the left side of the game area), the normal symbol display 2
0 is provided. As an example, the normal symbol display device 20 is composed of a 7-segment LED or the like, and performs variable display of normal symbols as a plurality of types of normal identification information different from special symbols. The normal symbols are represented by numbers indicating "0" to "9", lighting patterns such as "-", and the like. The normal pattern may include a pattern in which all the LEDs are turned off. Such a variable display of normal patterns is also called a normal pattern game.

A passage gate 41 through which game balls can pass is provided on the left side of the image display device 5 . Based on the game ball passing through the passage gate 41, the normal game is executed.

Above the normal pattern display 20, a normal pattern holding display 25C is provided. The general pattern suspension display 25C includes, for example, four LEDs, and displays the normal pattern suspension storage number, which is the number of general pattern games whose execution is suspended, by the number of lit LEDs.

The surface of the game board 2 is provided with, in addition to the above structure, a windmill for changing the flowing direction and speed of the game ball and a large number of obstacle nails. At the bottom of the game area, an out port is provided for taking in game balls that have not entered any of the winning ports.

Speakers 8L and 8R for reproducing and outputting sound effects and the like are provided at the left and right upper positions of the gaming machine frame 3
is provided, and a game effect lamp 9 for game effects is provided in the peripheral portion of the game area. The game effect lamp 9 includes an LED.

At a predetermined position (not shown in FIG. 1) of the game board 2, a movable body 32 that operates according to the performance is provided.

A ball hitting operation handle (operation knob) 30 operated by a player or the like to shoot a game ball toward the game area from the ball shooting device is provided at the lower right portion of the game machine frame 3 .

At a predetermined position of the game machine frame 3 below the game area, game balls paid out as prize balls and game balls lent from a predetermined ball lending machine are held (stored) so as to be supplied to the ball shooting device. )
A batted ball supply plate (upper plate) is provided. Below the upper plate, there is provided a batted ball supply plate (lower plate) from which prize balls are dispensed when the upper plate is full.

A stick controller 31A that can be held and tilted by a player is attached to a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the game area. Stick controller 31
A is provided with a trigger button that can be pressed by the player. An operation on the stick controller 31A is detected by a controller sensor unit 35A (see FIG. 2).

At a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the game area, there is provided a push button 31B that allows the player to perform a predetermined instruction operation such as a pressing operation. An operation on the push button 31B is detected by a push sensor 35B (see FIG. 2).

The pachinko game machine 1 is provided with a stick controller 31A and a push button 31B as detection means for detecting actions (operations, etc.) of the player, but detection means other than these may be provided.

(Overview of Game Progress)
A game ball is shot toward a game area by a player's rotating operation of a ball-hitting operation handle 30 provided in the pachinko game machine 1 . When the game ball passes through the passage gate 41, the normal pattern display device 20 starts the normal pattern game. In addition, when the game ball passes through the passage gate 41 during the period during the execution of the previous normal game (when the game ball passes through the passage gate 41 but the normal game based on the passage cannot be executed immediately) , the normal game based on the passage is suspended up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, 4).

In this normal pattern game, if a specific normal pattern (normal pattern per pattern) is stopped and displayed, the display result of the normal pattern becomes "normal pattern per pattern". On the other hand, if the normal pattern (normal pattern lost pattern) other than the normal pattern per pattern is stopped and displayed as the fixed normal pattern, the display result of the normal pattern is "normal pattern lost".
becomes. When it comes to "normal game", the variable winning ball device 6B is opened for a predetermined period of time and the opening control is performed (the second start winning opening is opened).

When a game ball enters the first starting winning hole formed in the winning ball device 6A, the first special symbol game by the first special symbol display device 4A is started.

When the game ball enters the second starting winning hole formed in the variable winning ball device 6B, the second special symbol game by the second special symbol display device 4B is started.

In addition, when the game ball enters (wins) the start winning opening during the period during which the special game is running, or during the period when it is controlled to the big win game state or the small win game state described later (although the start win has occurred If the special game based on the starting prize cannot be executed immediately), the execution of the special game based on the entry is suspended up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, 4).

In the special symbol game, a specific special symbol (a big hit symbol, such as "7") is selected as a fixed special symbol.
, The actual pattern differs depending on the jackpot type, which will be described later. ) is stop-displayed, it is a "big hit", and if a predetermined special pattern (small-win pattern, for example, "2") different from the big-win pattern is stop-displayed, it is a "small hit". Also, if a special symbol (losing symbol, for example, "-") different from the big-hit symbol or the small-hit symbol is stopped and displayed, it becomes "lost".

After the display result in the special game becomes "big win", the game is controlled to a big win game state as an advantageous state for the player. After the display result in the special game becomes "minor win", it is controlled to the small win game state.

In the jackpot game state, the player can get a prize ball by entering the game ball into the big winning hole. Therefore, the jackpot gaming state is an advantageous state for the player. The larger the number of rounds in the jackpot game state and the longer the upper limit period of opening, the more advantageous the player is.

In addition, a jackpot type is set in the "jackpot". For example, the opening mode of the big prize opening (
The number of rounds and the upper limit period of opening) and the game state after the jackpot game state (normal state, time saving state, variable probability state, etc. described later) are prepared, and the jackpot type is set according to these.
As the jackpot type, there may be provided a jackpot type in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained, and a jackpot type in which a small number of prize balls or almost no prize balls can be obtained.

In the small winning game state, the big winning opening formed by the special variable winning ball device 7 is opened in a predetermined opening mode. For example, in the small winning game state, the same opening mode as the big winning game state when some jackpot types etc.), the big prize opening is opened. In addition, you may provide a small-hit classification also in a "small-hit" like a big-hit classification.

After the jackpot game state is finished, depending on the jackpot type, it may be controlled to a time-saving state or a variable probability state.

In the time saving state, the control (time saving control) that shortens the average special figure fluctuation time (period of varying the special figure) than the normal state is executed. In the time-saving state, by shortening the average normal figure fluctuation time (the period during which the normal figure is changed) than in the normal state, and by improving the probability of becoming a "normal figure hit" in the general figure game than in the normal state, etc. Control that makes it easier for game balls to enter the second start winning port (
high opening control, high base control) are also executed. The time saving state is a special pattern (especially the second special pattern)
This state is advantageous to the player because the efficiency of the variation of is improved.

In the variable probability state (probability variable state), in addition to the time-saving control, the variable probability control in which the probability that the display result is a "jackpot" is higher than in the normal state is executed. The variable probability state is a state in which the variation efficiency of the special symbols is improved, and in addition, a "big hit" is likely to occur, so it is a further advantageous state for the player.

The time saving state and the variable probability state are continued until one of the end conditions such as execution of the special game for a predetermined number of times and start of the next big win game state is established first. The end condition that the special figure game of a predetermined number of times has been executed is also referred to as a number cut (number cut time reduction, number cut probability variable, etc.).

The normal state means a game state other than a special state such as an advantageous state such as a jackpot game state that is advantageous to the player, a time saving state, a variable probability state, etc., and the display result in the normal game is "normal game". The pachinko gaming machine 1, such as the probability and the probability that the display result in the special game will be a "jackpot", returns to the initial setting state of the pachinko gaming machine 1 (for example, when the system is reset, a predetermined return after power-on) It is the state controlled in the same way as when processing is not executed).

The state in which probability variable control is executed is also called a high probability state, and the state in which probability variable control is not executed is also called a low probability state. A state in which time-saving control is performed is also referred to as a high-based state, and a state in which time-saving control is not performed is also referred to as a low-based state. Combining these, the time-saving state is a low-probability base state,
The probability variable state is also called a high probability high base state, and the normal state is also called a low probability low base state. The high probability state and the low base state are also referred to as the high probability low base state.

After the small win game state is over, the game state is not changed, and the game state before the display result of the special figure game becomes "small win" is continuously controlled (however, "small win" occurs). If the special game at the time is the special game for the predetermined number of times in the above cut, the game state is naturally changed). In addition, there may not be a "small hit" as a display result of a special figure game.

In addition, the game state may change based on the fact that the game ball has passed through a specific area (for example, a specific area within the big winning opening) during the jackpot game state. For example, when the game ball passes through the specific area, it may be controlled to the probability variable state after the big hit game state.

(Progress of production, etc.)
In the pachinko gaming machine 1, various effects (effects such as notifying the progress of the game and exciting the game) are executed according to the progress of the game. The production will be described below. note that,
The effect is performed by displaying various effect images on the image display device 5. In addition to or instead of the display, sound output from the speakers 8L and 8R and/or lighting of the game effect lamp 9 is performed. Etc./turning off, operation of the movable body 32, or the like may be performed.

As an effect executed according to the progress of the game, the first special game or the second In response to the start of the 2 special figure game, the variable display of the decoration pattern is started. At the timing when the display result (also called fixed special pattern) is stopped and displayed in the first special game or the second special game, a fixed decorative pattern (combination of three decorative patterns), which is the display result of variable display of decorative patterns, is displayed. )
is also stopped (derived).

During the period from the start of the variable display of the decorative design to the end of the variable display, the variable display of the decorative design may be in a predetermined ready-to-win state (ready-to-win state is established). Here, the ready-to-win mode means that when the decorative symbols stopped and displayed on the screen of the image display device 5 constitute a part of the jackpot combination described later, the decorative symbols that are not stopped and displayed are displayed in a variable manner. It is the aspect that is continuing.

Further, a ready-to-win effect is executed in response to the above-described ready-to-win mode during the variable display of decorative symbols. In the pachinko gaming machine 1, the ratio of the display result (the display result of the special game or the display result of the variable display of the decoration pattern) to the "big win" (also called the "big win reliability" or "big win expectation") depends on the performance mode. A plurality of different types of ready-to-win effects are executed. The ready-to-win performance includes, for example, a normal reach and a super-to-win with higher reliability than the normal reach.

When the display result of the special game is a "big hit", a fixed decorative pattern that is a predetermined big hit combination is derived as a display result of the variable display of decorative patterns on the screen of the image display device 5 (decoration The display result of the variable display of the pattern becomes a "jackpot"). As an example,"
The same decorative symbols (for example, "7") are stop-displayed in line on predetermined effective lines in the left, middle, and right decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R.

In the case of a ``variable probability big hit'' controlled to a variable probability state after the end of the big win game state, odd decorative patterns (for example, "7" etc.) are stopped and displayed together, and the variable probability state is entered after the end of the big win game state. In the case of an uncontrolled "non-variable jackpot (normal jackpot)", an even number of decorative symbols (
For example, "6" etc.) may be stop-displayed together. In this case, odd-numbered decorative patterns are also called probability variable patterns and even-numbered decorative patterns are also called non-probable variable patterns (normal patterns). After becoming a ready-to-win mode with non-probability variation symbols, a promotion performance may be executed to finally become a "probability variation big hit".

When the display result of the special figure game is "small hit", on the screen of the image display device 5, as a display result of the variable display of decorative patterns, a fixed decorative pattern (for example, " 1, 3, 5", etc.) are derived (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern becomes a "minor hit"). As an example, the "left", "middle", and "right" decoration pattern display areas 5L, 5C,
A decoration pattern constituting a chance eye is stopped and displayed on a predetermined pay line in 5R. In addition, when the display result of the special game is a "big hit" of some jackpot types (jackpot types in the same manner as the small win game state), and when it becomes a "minor hit" , a common fixed decoration pattern may be derived and displayed.

When the display result of the special game is "lost", the variable display mode of the decorative pattern does not become the ready-to-win mode, and the fixed decorative pattern of the non-reach combination (" (Also referred to as non-reach lost") may be stopped (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern becomes "non-reach lost"). In addition, when the display result is "lost", after the mode of variable display of decorative patterns becomes the ready-to-win mode, the display result of variable display of decorative patterns is a predetermined ready-to-win combination ("no reach") that is not a big hit combination. ”) is stopped and displayed (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern becomes “reach lost”).

The effects that can be executed by the pachinko gaming machine 1 include displaying the variable display corresponding display (suspended display and active display). In addition, as other effects, for example, a notice effect for notifying the reliability of the big hit is executed during the variable display of the decorative symbols. The notice effect includes a notice effect for notifying the reliability of the big win in the variable display during execution and a pre-reading notice effect for notifying the reliability of the big win in the variable display before execution (variable display whose execution is suspended). As the pre-reading advance notice effect, an effect of changing the display mode of the display corresponding to the variable display (suspended display or active display) to a mode different from normal may be executed.

Also, in the image display device 5, the decorative patterns are temporarily stopped during the variable display of the decorative patterns, and then the variable display is restarted, so that one variable display is simulated as a plurality of variable displays. A pseudo continuous effect may be executed.

During the big winning game state, the performance during the big winning is executed to report the big winning game state. As the effect during the big win, the effect of notifying the number of rounds or the promotion effect indicating that the value of the big win game state is improved may be executed. Also, during the small-hit game state, an effect during the small-hit game for notifying the small-hit game state is executed. It should be noted that during the small winning game state, some of the jackpot types (jackpot types in the jackpot game state in the same manner as the small hit game state, for example, the jackpot type in the subsequent game state high probability state) jackpot game By executing a common performance in both states, the player may not know whether the current state is a small win game state or a big win game state. In such a case, by executing a common performance after the end of the small winning game state and after the end of the big winning game state, it is made impossible to distinguish whether the state is a high probability state or a low probability state. may

Further, for example, when a special game or the like is not being executed, a demonstration (demonstration) image is displayed on the image display device 5 (customer waiting demonstration effect is executed).

(Substrate configuration)
The pachinko game machine 1 is equipped with a main board 11, an effect control board 12, a sound control board 13, a lamp control board 14, a relay board 15, etc., as shown in FIG. In addition,
Various boards such as a payout control board, an information terminal board, a launch control board, and a power supply board are arranged on the back surface of the pachinko game machine 1 .

The main board 11 is a control board on the main side, and the progress of the above-mentioned games in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (execution of a special game (including management of suspension), execution of a general-purpose game (including management of suspension), jackpot game state, small hit game state, game state, etc.) has a function to control. The main board 11 includes a game control microcomputer 100, a switch circuit 110, and a solenoid circuit 111.
and so on.

The game control microcomputer 100 mounted on the main board 11 is, for example, a one-chip microcomputer, and includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 101 and a RAM (Random A
access memory) 102, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 103, and a random number circuit 10
4 and an I/O (Input/Output port) 105 .

The CPU 103 executes a program stored in the ROM 101 to perform processing for controlling the progress of the game (processing for realizing the functions of the main substrate 11). At this time, the ROM 10
1 (variation patterns described later, effect control commands described later, data such as various tables referred to when making various decisions described later) are used, and the RAM 102 is used as the main memory. The RAM 102 is a backup RAM that retains stored contents for a predetermined period of time even if the power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is stopped in part or in its entirety. All or part of the program stored in the ROM 101 may be developed in the RAM 102 and executed on the RAM 102 .

The random number circuit 104 counts updatably numerical data representing various random numbers (game random numbers) used to control the progress of the game. The game random numbers may be updated (updated by software) when the CPU 103 executes a predetermined computer program.

The I/O 105 includes, for example, an input port to which various signals (detection signals to be described later) are input, various signals (first special symbol display device 4A, second special symbol display device 4B, normal symbol display device 20, first reservation Control (drive) the display 25A, the second reservation display 25B, the normal drawing reservation display 25C, etc.
and an output port for transmitting a signal to drive the solenoid.

The switch circuit 110 receives detection signals from various switches (gate switch 21, starting switch (first starting switch 22A and second starting switch 22B), count switch 23) for detecting game balls A detection signal indicating that the switch has been turned on by entering) is captured and transmitted to the game control microcomputer 100. The transmission of the detection signal means that the passage or entry of the game ball has been detected.

Solenoid circuit 111, a solenoid drive signal from the game control microcomputer 100 (for example, a signal to turn on the solenoid 81 and the solenoid 82), to the solenoid 81 for normal electric accessories and the solenoid 82 for the big winning entrance door transmit.

The main board 11 (game control microcomputer 100), as part of the control of the progress of the game, produces a production control command (a command to specify (notify) the progress of the game, etc.) according to the progress of the game. 12. The production control command output from the main board 11 is
It is relayed by the relay board 15 and supplied to the performance control board 12 . The effect control command includes, for example, various determination results on the main board 11 (for example, the display result of the special game (including the jackpot type), the variation pattern used when executing the special game (details will be described later). ))
, game status (for example, the start and end of variable display, the opening status of the big winning opening, the occurrence of winning, the number of reserved memories, the game status), the commands specifying the occurrence of errors, and the like.

The effect control board 12 is a sub-side control board independent of the main board 11, receives the effect control command, and produces effects based on the received effect control command (various effects according to the progress of the game, (including various notifications such as driving of the movable body 32, error notification, power failure recovery notification, etc.).

The performance control board 12 is equipped with a performance control CPU 120, a ROM 121, a RAM 122, a display control section 123, a random number circuit 124, and an I/O 125.

The effect control CPU 120 executes a program stored in the ROM 121 to execute a process for executing the effect together with the display control unit 123 (a process for realizing the above function of the effect control board 12, and the effect to be executed (including the decision, etc.). At this time, ROM
Various data (data such as various tables) stored in the RAM 121 are used, and the RAM 122 is used as a main memory.

The effect control CPU 120 includes the controller sensor unit 35A and the push sensor 35.
The display control unit 123 may be instructed to execute an effect based on a detection signal from B (a signal that is output when an operation by a player is detected and appropriately indicates the content of the operation).

The display control unit 123 includes a VDP (Video Display Processor), a CGROM (Character G
generator ROM), VRAM (Video RAM), etc., and executes an effect based on an effect execution instruction from the effect control CPU 120 .

The display control unit 123 supplies the image display device 5 with a video signal corresponding to the effect to be executed based on the effect execution instruction from the effect control CPU 120, thereby displaying the effect image on the image display device 5.
to display. The display control unit 123 further supplies a sound designation signal (a signal designating the sound to be output) to the sound control board 13 in order to output sound synchronized with the display of the effect image and turn on/off the game effect lamp 9 . or lamp signal
are supplied to the lamp control board 14 . Further, the display control unit 123 supplies a signal for operating the movable body 32 to the movable body 32 or a driving circuit for driving the movable body 32 .

The audio control board 13 is equipped with various circuits for driving the speakers 8L and 8R, drives the speakers 8L and 8R based on the sound designation signal, and outputs the sound designated by the sound designation signal from the speakers 8L and 8R. Let

The lamp control board 14 is equipped with various circuits for driving the game effect lamp 9, drives the game effect lamp 9 based on the lamp signal, and turns on/off the game effect lamp 9 in a manner specified by the lamp signal. do. In this manner, the display control unit 123 controls sound output and lighting/extinguishing of the lamp.

The effect control CPU 120 executes voice output, lamp lighting/extinguishing control (supply of sound designation signals and lamp signals, etc.), and control of the movable body 32 (supply of signals for operating the movable body 32, etc.). You may do so.

The random number circuit 124 stores various random numbers (random numbers for effects) used for executing various effects.
Updatable numeric data indicating is counted. The effect random number may be updated by effect control CPU 120 executing a predetermined computer program (updated by software).

I / O 125 mounted on the production control board 12 has an input port for taking in production control commands transmitted from, for example, the main board 11, and various signals (video signal, sound designation signal, lamp signal). and an output port of

Boards other than the main board 11, such as the effect control board 12, the sound control board 13, and the lamp control board 14, are also called sub-boards. A plurality of sub-boards may be provided for each function as in the pachinko game machine 1, or one sub-board may be configured to have a plurality of functions.

(motion)
Next, the operation (action) of the pachinko game machine 1 will be described.

(Major operations of the main substrate 11)
First, main operations in the main board 11 will be described. When power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is started, the game control microcomputer 100 is activated, and the CPU 103 executes the game control main process. FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing game control main processing executed by the CPU 103 on the main substrate 11. As shown in FIG.

In the game control main process shown in FIG. 3, the CPU 103 first sets interrupt prohibition (step S1). Subsequently, necessary initial settings are performed (step S2). Initial settings include stack pointer setting, internal device register setting (CTC (counter/timer circuit), parallel input/output port, etc.), setting to make RAM 102 accessible, and the like.

Next, it is determined whether or not the output signal from the clear switch is ON (step S3
). The clear switch is mounted, for example, on the power board. When the clear switch is turned on and the power is turned on, an output signal (clear signal) is input to the game control microcomputer 100 through the input port. If the output signal from the clear switch is on (
Step S3; Yes), the initialization process (step S8) is executed. In the initialization process, C
PU 103 executes RA to clear flags, counters, and buffers stored in RAM 102 .
M clear processing is performed, and the initial value is set in the work area.

Moreover, CPU103 transmits the production|presentation control command which instruct|indicates initialization to the production|presentation control board 12 (step S9). When the effect control CPU 120 receives the effect control command, for example, the image display device 5 displays a screen for notifying that the control of the gaming machine has been initialized.

If the output signal from the clear switch is not ON (step S3; No), the RAM
It is determined whether backup data is stored in 102 (backup RAM) (step S4). When the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is stopped due to an unexpected power failure or the like (power failure), the CPU 103 executes the power supply stop processing immediately before the pachinko game machine 1 becomes inoperable due to the stoppage of the power supply. In this process when the power supply is stopped, a process of turning on a backup flag indicating that data is to be backed up in the RAM 102, a data protection process of the RAM 102, and the like are executed. Data protection processing includes adding an error detection code (checksum, parity bit, etc.) and backing up various data. The data to be backed up includes various data (including various flags, states of various timers, etc.) for progressing the game.
In addition, the state of the backup flag and the error detection code are also included. In step S4, it is determined whether or not the backup flag is ON. RAM1 with the backup flag off
02 (step S4; No), an initialization process (step S8) is executed.

If backup data is stored in RAM 102 (step S4; Yes),
The CPU 103 performs a data check of the backed up data (using an error detection code) and determines whether the data is normal (step S5). In step S5, for example, it is determined whether or not the data in the RAM 102 matches the data when the power supply was stopped, using a parity bit or a checksum. If it is determined that these match, the RAM 10
2 is determined to be normal.

If it is determined that the data in the RAM 102 is not normal (step S5; No), the internal state cannot be returned to the state when the power supply was stopped, so initialization processing (step S8) is executed.

If it is determined that the data in RAM 102 is normal (step S5; Yes), CP
U103 performs recovery processing (step S6) for returning the internal state of the main board 11 to the state at the time when the power supply was stopped. In the recovery process, the CPU 103 sets the work area based on the contents stored in the RAM 102 (the contents of the backed up data). As a result, the game state at the time of stopping the power supply is restored, and when the special symbols are fluctuating, the fluctuation of the special symbols is resumed from the state before restoration by executing the game control timer interrupt process described later. will be

And CPU103 transmits the production|presentation control command which instruct|indicates restoration from a power failure to the production|presentation control board 12 (step S7). In accordance with this, an effect control command that specifies the game state before the power outage that is backed up, and if the special game is being executed, the effect control that specifies the display result of the special game that is being executed You may make it transmit a command. These commands can use the same commands as the commands set for transmission in the special symbol process described later. When the effect control CPU 120 receives the effect control command specifying the restoration time from the power failure, for example, the image display device 5 notifies that the power failure has been restored or is being restored from the power failure. Display the screen for The effect control CPU 120 is
Appropriate screen display may be performed based on the production control command.

After completing the recovery process or the initialization process and transmitting the effect control command to the effect control board 12, the CPU 103 executes the random number circuit setting process for initializing the random number circuit 104 (
step S10). Then, the register of the CTC built in the game control microcomputer 100 is set so that the timer interrupt is periodically applied every predetermined time (for example, 2 ms) (step S11), and the interrupt is permitted (step S12 ). After that, loop processing is entered. Thereafter, an interrupt request signal is sent from the CTC to the CPU 10 at predetermined time intervals (for example, 2 ms).
3, and the CPU 103 can periodically execute timer interrupt processing.

When the CPU 103 that has executed such game control main processing receives an interrupt request signal from the CTC and accepts the interrupt request, it executes the game control timer interrupt processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. When the game control timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 4 is started, the CPU 10
3, by executing a predetermined switch process, detection signals from various switches such as the gate switch 21, the first starter switch 22A, the second starter switch 22B, and the count switch 23 are detected through the switch circuit 110. Determination of presence/absence of reception (step S2
1). Subsequently, by executing predetermined main-side error processing, an abnormality diagnosis of the pachinko game machine 1 is performed, and a warning can be generated if necessary according to the diagnosis result (step S22).
). After that, by executing a predetermined information output process, for example, jackpot information (information indicating the number of occurrences of jackpots, etc.), start information (start Data such as information indicating the number of wins, etc.), probability change information (information indicating the number of times the odd state has occurred, etc.) is output (step S23).

Following the information output process, a game random number update process for updating at least part of the game random numbers used on the main board 11 side by software is executed (step S24). After that, the CPU 103 executes a special symbol process (step S25). CPU1
03 executes the special symbol process processing for each timer interrupt, thereby realizing the execution and suspension management of the special symbol game, the control of the big hit game state and the small hit game state, the control of the game state, etc. later).

Following the special symbol process, the normal symbol process is executed (step S26
). By the CPU 103 executing normal symbol process processing for each timer interrupt, management of execution and suspension of the normal symbol game based on the detection signal from the gate switch 21 (based on the game ball passing through the passage gate 41), It is possible to control the opening of the variable winning ball device 6B based on the "normal game hit". The execution of the normal pattern game is performed by driving the normal pattern display device 20, and the normal pattern reservation number is displayed by lighting the normal pattern reservation display device 25C.

After executing the normal symbol process processing, as part of the game control timer interrupt processing, processing when power failure occurs, processing for paying out prize balls, and the like may be performed. After that, C
PU 103 executes command control processing (step S27). The CPU 103 may transmit and set an effect control command in each of the processes described above. In the command control process of step S27, a process of transmitting the effect control command set for transmission to the sub-side control board such as the effect control board 12 is performed. After executing the command control process, after permitting the interrupt, the game control timer interrupt process is terminated.

FIG. 5 is a flow chart showing an example of the process executed in step S25 shown in FIG. 4 as the special symbol process process. In this special symbol process processing, the CPU 103
, first, a starting winning judgment process is executed (step S101).

In the starting winning determination process, the occurrence of starting winning is detected, and the process of storing the pending information in a predetermined area of the RAM 102 and updating the pending storage number is executed. When a starting prize is generated, a random number value for determining the display result (including the jackpot type) and the variation pattern is extracted and stored as pending information. Further, based on the extracted random number value, a process of prefetching and judging a display result or a variation pattern may be executed. After storing the pending information and the number of pending memories, the transmission setting for transmitting the effect control command for designating the determination result such as the generation of the start winning, the number of pending memories, and the prefetch determination to the effect control board 12 is performed. . The effect control command at the time of starting winning thus set to be transmitted is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 by, for example, executing the command control process of step S27 shown in FIG. is transmitted to

After executing the starting prize determination process in S101, the CPU 103 selects and executes one of the processes of steps S110 to S120 according to the value of the special figure process flag provided in the RAM102. In addition, each processing of the special symbol process processing (steps S110 to S120
), the transmission setting for transmitting the effect control command corresponding to each process to the effect control board 12 is performed.

In the special symbol normal process of step S110, the value of the special symbol process flag is "0" (initial value)
is executed when In this special symbol normal process, the first
A determination is made as to whether or not to start the special game or the second special game. In addition, in the special symbol normal processing, based on the random number value for determining the display result, whether or not the display result of the special symbol or the decorative symbol is a "big hit" or "small hit", and the type of the big hit in the case of "big hit". is determined (predetermined) before the display result is derived and displayed. Furthermore, in the special symbol normal process, a fixed special symbol (any one of a big hit symbol, a small winning symbol, or a losing symbol) to be stopped and displayed in the special symbol game is set according to the determined display result. After that, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "1", and the special symbol normal process ends. In addition, the special figure game using the second special figure may be executed with priority over the special figure game using the first special figure (also called special figure 2 priority digestion). Also, the winning order of the game balls to the first start winning opening and the second starting winning opening may be stored, and the condition for starting the special game may be established in the order of winning (also called winning order).

When making various decisions based on random numbers, various tables stored in the ROM 101 (tables in which decision values to be compared with random numbers are assigned to decision results) are referred to. Other decisions on the main board 11 and various decisions on the effect control board 12 are the same. Various tables are stored in the ROM 121 of the effect control board 12 .

The variation pattern setting process of step S111 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "1". In this fluctuation pattern setting process, the display result is "big hit" or "small hit"
It includes a process of determining one of a plurality of types of variation patterns using a random number value for determining the variation pattern based on the result of pre-determination of whether or not. In the variation pattern setting process, when the variation pattern is determined, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "2", and the variation pattern setting process ends.

The variation pattern is the execution time of the special game (special figure fluctuation time) (also the execution time of variable display of decorative patterns), the form of variable display of decorative patterns (whether or not there is a reach, etc.), and the variable display of decorative patterns. It specifies the content of the production (type of reach production, etc.), and is also called a variable display pattern.

The special symbol variation process of step S112 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "2". This special symbol variation processing includes a process of setting for varying the special symbols in the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B, and the elapsed time after the special symbol starts to vary. It includes processing to measure Also, it is determined whether or not the measured elapsed time has reached the special figure variation time corresponding to the variation pattern. Then, when the elapsed time from the start of the special symbol variation reaches the special symbol variation time, the value of the special symbol process flag is updated to "3", and the special symbol variation processing ends.

The special symbol stop processing of step S113 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is "3". In this special symbol stop processing, the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B stop the variation of the special symbol, and stop display (derivate) the fixed special symbol which is the display result of the special symbol. It includes a process to set for And the display result is "big hit"
If it is, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "4". On the other hand, when the big hit flag is off and the display result is "small hit", the value of the special process flag is "8
". Also, when the display result is "missing", the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "0". When the display result is "small win" or "losing", when the time saving state or probability variable state is controlled, and when the end of the number cut is established, the game state is also updated. When the value of the special figure process flag is updated, the special symbol stop processing ends.

The jackpot opening preprocessing of step S114 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "4". This jackpot opening pre-processing includes processing for making settings for starting the execution of the round in the jackpot game state and opening the jackpot, based on the fact that the display result is "jackpot". is When opening the big winning opening, a process of supplying a solenoid driving signal to the solenoid 82 for the big winning opening door is executed. At this time, for example, an upper limit opening period for opening the big winning opening and an upper limit execution number of rounds are set according to the type of the jackpot. When these settings are completed, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "5", and the big hit opening pretreatment is completed.

The process during jackpot opening of step S115 is performed when the value of a special figure process flag is "5". In this process during the opening of the big win, there is a process of measuring the elapsed time from opening the big winning hole, and based on the measured elapsed time and the number of game balls detected by the count switch 23, the big winning hole is counted. It includes processing for determining whether or not it is time to return from the open state to the closed state. Then, when returning the large winning opening to the closed state, after executing processing such as stopping the supply of the solenoid drive signal to the solenoid 82 for the large winning opening door, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "6", The process during jackpot opening is terminated.

The jackpot opening post-processing of step S116 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "6". This jackpot opening post-processing includes processing for determining whether or not the number of executions of rounds in which the jackpot is opened has reached a set upper limit number of executions, and processing for judging whether or not the number of executions of rounds in which the jackpot is opened has reached a set upper limit number of executions. It includes processing to make settings for terminating . And when the number of round executions has not reached the upper limit number of executions, the value of the special process flag is "5"
On the other hand, when the number of execution times of the round reaches the upper limit number of execution times, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "7". When the value of the special figure process flag is updated, the jackpot release post-processing ends.

The jackpot end processing of step S117 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "7". This jackpot end processing includes a process of waiting until a waiting time corresponding to a period in which an ending production is executed as a production operation for notifying the end of the jackpot game state, and a probability change corresponding to the end of the jackpot game state. It includes processing for performing various settings for starting control and time saving control. When these settings are made, the value of the special process flag will be "
0", and the jackpot ending process is terminated.

Small hit opening pretreatment of step S118 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "8". This small hit opening pre-processing includes a process of setting to open the big winning opening in the small win game state based on the display result being "small win". At this time, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "9", and the small hit opening preprocessing ends.

Small hit during opening processing of step S119 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "9". In this process during opening of the small prize, there is a process of measuring the elapsed time from opening the big winning opening, and the timing of returning the big winning opening from the open state to the closed state based on the measured elapsed time. It includes processing for determining whether or not When the big winning opening is returned to the closed state and the end timing of the small winning game state comes, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "10", and the small winning open processing is ended.

Small hit end processing of step S120 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is "10". This small-hit end processing includes processing of waiting until a waiting time corresponding to the period in which the performance operation for informing the end of the small-hit game state is executed elapses. here,
When the small winning game state ends, the game state in the pachinko game machine 1 before entering the small winning game state is continued. When the waiting time at the end of the small winning game state has passed, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "0", and the small winning end processing ends.

(Major operations of production control board 12)
Next, main operations in the effect control board 12 will be described. In the effect control board 12, when the power supply voltage is supplied from the power supply board or the like, the effect control CPU 120 is activated, and the effect control main processing as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 6 is executed. When the production control main processing shown in FIG. Perform register setting of the mounted CTC (counter/timer circuit). Also, an initial operation control process is executed (step S72). In the initial motion control process, control for initial motion of the movable body 32, such as control for driving the movable body 32 to return it to the initial position and control for confirming a predetermined motion, is executed.

After that, it is determined whether or not the timer interrupt flag is turned on (step S73).
). The timer interrupt flag is set for a predetermined time (for example, 2
milliseconds) has passed. At this time, if the timer interrupt flag is off (step S73; No), the process of step S73 is repeated and waits.

Also, on the side of the effect control board 12, an interrupt for receiving the effect control command from the main board 11 is generated in addition to the timer interrupt that occurs each time a predetermined time elapses. This interrupt is an interrupt generated when, for example, the effect control INT signal from the main substrate 11 is turned on. When an interrupt occurs due to the production control INT signal being turned on,
The effect control CPU 120 automatically sets interrupt prohibition, but when using a CPU that does not automatically enter an interrupt prohibition state, it is desirable to issue an interrupt prohibition instruction (DI instruction). The effect control CPU 120 executes, for example, a predetermined command reception interrupt process in response to the interruption caused by the effect control INT signal being turned on. In this command reception interrupt process, the effect control command is taken in from a predetermined input port for receiving the control signal transmitted from the main board 11 via the relay board 15 among the input ports included in the I/O 125 . The effect control command taken in at this time is stored in the effect control command reception buffer provided in the RAM 122, for example. After that, the effect control CPU 120 ends the command reception interrupt process after setting the interrupt permission.

If the timer interrupt flag is ON at step S73 (step S73; Yes
s), the timer interrupt flag is cleared to be turned off (step S74), and command analysis processing is executed (step S75). In the command analysis process, for example, the main board 1
After reading various production control commands transmitted from the game control microcomputer 100 and stored in the production control command reception buffer, setting and control corresponding to the read production control commands are performed. will be For example, the read production control command is stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 122, or the read production control command is stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 122 so that the content specified by the production control command can be confirmed by the production control process processing or the like.
22 is turned on. Further, when the effect control command specifies the game state, the display control unit 123 may be instructed to display a background corresponding to the game state.

After executing the command analysis process in step S75, the effect control process process is executed (step S76). In the effect control process processing, for example, the display operation of the effect image in the display area of the image display device 5, the sound output operation from the speakers 8L and 8R, the lighting operation of the decorative light emitters such as the game effect lamp 9 and the decorative LED, and the movable body 32 Control to operate various production devices such as driving operation of is performed. Further, determination, determination, setting, and the like are performed according to the effect control command and the like transmitted from the main substrate 11 regarding the control contents of the effect operation using various effect devices.

Random number update processing for production|presentation is performed following the production|presentation control process processing of step S76 (step S77), and at least one part of the random number for production|presentation used by the production|presentation control board 12 side is updated by software. After that, the process returns to step S73. Other processing may be performed before returning to the processing of step S73.

FIG. 7 is a flow chart showing an example of processing executed in step S76 of FIG. 6 as the effect control process processing. In the effect control process shown in FIG. 7, the effect control CPU 120 first executes a pre-reading notice setting process (step S161). In the pre-reading notice setting process, for example, based on the effect control command at the time of start winning transmitted from the main substrate 11, determination, determination, setting, etc. for executing the pre-reading notice effect are performed. Also, a process for displaying a pending display is executed based on the number of pending memories specified from the effect control command.

After executing the process of step S161, the effect control CPU 120, for example, the RAM 12
2, the following steps S170-S1
77 processes are selected and executed.

The variable display start waiting process in step S170 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "0" (initial value). This variable display start waiting process is a process of determining whether or not to start variable display of decorative patterns on the image display device 5 based on whether or not a command designating the start of variable display has been received from the main substrate 11. and so on. Image display device 5
If it is determined to start the variable display of the decoration pattern in , the value of the production process flag is set to "
1”, and terminates the variable display start waiting process.

The variable display start setting process in step S171 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "1". In this variable display start setting process, based on the display result and the variation pattern specified by the effect control command, the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern (determined decorative pattern), the form of the variable display of the decorative pattern, the ready-to-win effect, and various other Whether or not to execute various effects such as advance notice effects, its mode, execution start timing, etc. are determined. Then, an effect control pattern (collection of control data for instructing the display control unit 123 to execute the effect) reflecting the determination result or the like is set. After that, based on the set effect control pattern, the display control unit 123 is instructed to start execution of variable display of decorative symbols, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "2", and the variable display start setting process is terminated. The display control unit 123 causes the image display device 5 to start variable display of the decorative design in response to an instruction to start execution of variable display of the decorative design.

The effect process during variable display in step S172 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "2". In the effect processing during variable display, the effect control CPU 120
By instructing the display control unit 123, an effect image based on the effect control pattern set in step S171 is displayed on the display screen of the image display device 5, the movable body 32 is driven, and the sound control board 13 is operated. By outputting a command (sound effect signal) to the speakers 8L, 8
During the variable display of decorative patterns, such as outputting voices and sound effects from R, and turning on/off/blinking the game effect lamp 9 and decorative LEDs by outputting commands (electrical decoration signals) to the lamp control board 14 Various production controls are executed. After performing such production control,
For example, when an end code indicating the end of the variable display of the decoration pattern is read from the effect control pattern, or when a command specifying to stop display the fixed decoration pattern is received from the main board 11, A fixed decorative pattern as a display result of the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed. When the fixed decorative pattern is stopped and displayed, the value of the production process flag is updated to "3",
The effect processing during variable display ends.

The special figure per waiting process of step S173 is a process executed when the value of the production process flag is "3". In this special figure hit waiting process, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not an effect control command designating the start of the big hit game state or the small hit game state is received from the main substrate 11 . Then, when receiving the production control command designating the start of the jackpot game state or the small hit game state, if the command designates the start of the jackpot game state, the value of the production process flag is set to "6". ”. On the other hand, if the command designates the start of the small-hit game state, the value of the production process flag is updated to "4", which is the value corresponding to the small-hit production process. Also, when the waiting time for receiving the command has passed without receiving a command designating the start of the big win game state or the small win game state, it is determined that the display result in the special figure game was "lost". Then, the value of the production process flag is updated to "0" which is the initial value. When the value of the production process flag is updated, the special figure per waiting process is terminated.

The production process during the small hit of step S174 is a process executed when the value of the production control process flag is "4". In this small hit production process, the production control CPU 120
For example, an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to the effect contents in the small hit game state is set, and various effect controls in the small hit game state based on the set contents are executed. Further, in the small-hit middle production process, for example, in response to receiving a command designating to end the small-hit game state from the main board 11, the value of the production process flag is set to a value corresponding to the small-hit end production. be"
5", and the effect processing during the small winning is ended.

The small hit end production process of step S175 is a process executed when the value of the production control process flag is "5". In this small hit end production process, the production control CPU 120
, for example, sets an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to the end of the small hit game state, etc., and executes various effect control at the end of the small hit game state based on the setting content. Thereafter, the value of the effect process flag is updated to the initial value of "0", and the small winning end effect process is terminated.

The effect process during the big hit in step S176 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "6". In this big-hit production process, the production control CPU 120 sets, for example, production control patterns corresponding to the production contents in the big-hit game state, and executes various production controls in the big-hit game state based on the set contents. Also, in the big-hit production process, for example, in response to receiving a command designating to end the big-hit game state from the main board 11, the value of the production control process flag is changed to a value corresponding to the ending production process. 7", and the effect processing during the big hit is finished.

The ending effect process of step S177 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is "7". In this ending effect processing, effect control CPU120
sets an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to, for example, the end of the big hit game state, and executes various effect control of the ending effect at the end of the big win game state based on the setting contents. After that, the value of the effect process flag is updated to the initial value of "0", and the ending effect process is terminated.

(Modified example of basic explanation)
The present invention is not limited to the pachinko game machine 1 described in the basic description above, and various modifications and applications are possible without departing from the gist of the present invention.

The pachinko gaming machine 1 described in the above basic description is a payout type gaming machine that pays out a predetermined number of game media as prizes based on the occurrence of winning, but the game media are enclosed and points are awarded based on the occurrence of winning. It may be an enclosed game machine.

Only one type of symbol is displayed during variable display of special symbols (for example, a symbol indicating "-")
The variable display may be performed by repeating the display and extinguishing of the pattern. Furthermore, even if the pattern is displayed during the variable display, the pattern may not be displayed when the variable display is stopped (the symbol indicating "-" may not be displayed as a display result).
.

In the above basic explanation, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is shown as the gaming machine, but medals are inserted to set a predetermined number of bets. A slot machine capable of executing a game (for example, a big bonus , regular bonus, RT, AT, A
The present invention can also be applied to a slot machine equipped with one or more of RT and CZ (hereinafter referred to as bonus, etc.).

The program and data for realizing the present invention are not limited to being distributed/provided on a detachable recording medium to a computer device or the like included in the pachinko game machine 1. It may be distributed by being installed in a storage device possessed by the software. Further, the program and data for realizing the present invention can be distributed by being downloaded from another device on the network connected via a communication line or the like by providing a communication processing unit. I don't mind.

The game can be executed not only by inserting a detachable recording medium, but also by temporarily storing the program and data downloaded via a communication line in an internal memory or the like. Alternatively, it may be directly executed using hardware resources of other devices on a network connected via a communication line or the like. Furthermore, the game may be executed by exchanging data with another computer device or the like via a network.

In this specification, expressions for comparing various ratios such as the execution ratio of effects (“high”, “
Expressions such as "low", "different", etc.) may include that one is at a percentage of "0%". For example, the ratio of one is "0%" and the other is "100%" or less than "100%".

(Description on Characteristic Portion 027SH)
Next, the game machine related to the characteristic portion 027SH will be described. The gaming machine related to the characteristic part 027SH is a gaming machine capable of playing games. In this embodiment, a pachinko game machine 1 capable of playing a game will be described as an example.

FIG. 8-1 is a front view of the pachinko game machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH of this embodiment. First, the board configuration of the pachinko game machine 1 relating to the characteristic portion 027SH will be described. Figure 8-
1, the game board 2 is roughly divided into a left game area and a right game area with the left and right center in the drawing as a boundary. The left game area of the game board 2 is a game area where a game ball hit relatively weakly (left hit) by operating the hitting ball operation handle 30 flows down. In addition, in the right game area of the game board 2, a game ball hit (right-handed) stronger than the game ball flowing down the left game area by operating the ball hitting operation handle 30 passes through the upper path of the image display device 5. It is a game area that flows down.

In addition, a general prize winning opening 10 is arranged in the left game area. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the left game area can enter the first start winning hole formed by the general winning hole 10 and the winning ball device 6A. On the other hand, in the right game area, a passage gate 41, a variable winning ball device 6B, a general winning hole 10, and a special variable winning ball device 7 are arranged from the upstream side to the downstream side of the right gaming area. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the right game area can enter the second start winning hole formed by the variable winning ball device 6B, the general winning hole 10 and the big winning hole formed by the special variable winning ball device 7. In addition, it is possible to pass through the passage gate 41 .

As shown in FIG. 9-1, between the winning ball device 6A, the variable winning ball device 6B and the special variable winning ball device 7, a plurality of obstacle nails are arranged. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the left game area cannot win the second start winning opening or the big winning opening, and the game ball flowing down the right game area cannot win the first starting winning opening. there is

The pachinko game machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH includes game control means and effect execution means. Game control means is realized by the CPU 103 of the main substrate 11, for example. The effect execution means is realized by the effect control CPU 120 of the effect control board 12, for example. The effect executing means performs various effects (for example, various advance notice effects, item image effects, etc., which will be described later)
is executable.

The pachinko game machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 027SH includes, for example, a movable body 027SH32, which is an accessory, in the vicinity of the image display device 5, as shown in FIG. 8-1. The movable body 027SH32 is
According to the control of the effect control board 12, as shown in FIGS. 8-6 (E) to 8-6 (G), the first
It operates between a state (initial state) and a second state (tilted state). For example, movable body 02
7SH32 operates in the order of 1st state→2nd state→1st state, or 1st state→2nd state→1st state.
state → second state → first state, or first state → state between first state and second state (
Temporary stop)→second state→first state, or first state→state between first state and second state (temporary stop)→first state.

FIG. 8-2 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the winning probability of the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic part 027SH. Specifically, FIG. 8-2(A) shows the big-hit probability and the small-hit probability for each set value (set value "1" to "6") when the game state is a low-probability state. FIG. 8-2(B) shows the big-hit probability and small-hit probability for each set value (set value "1" to "6") when the gaming state is a high probability state. For example, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH is different from the game state (
Depending on whether it is in a low-probability state or a high-probability state), by setting value (by setting value "1" to "6")
2, a plurality of types of special figure display result determination tables corresponding to each (each includes FIG. 8-2 (A)
12 types of special figure display result determination table) are stored, in which the big hit determination value and the small hit determination value are assigned so that the big hit probability and the small hit probability shown in (B) are stored, for example, The CPU 103, in the random value determination process at the time of winning, uses the corresponding one special figure display result determination table out of the plurality of types of special figure display result determination tables described above to determine whether it is a big hit,
It suffices to judge whether it will be a small hit or (whether it will be a loss).

FIG. 8-2(C) shows the types of jackpots. FIG. 8-2(D) shows the allocation of the jackpot for the first special symbol. FIG. 8-2(E) shows the distribution of the jackpot for the second special symbol. For example, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH is different from the special symbol (first
A plurality of types of jackpot type determination tables corresponding to each of the 1 special symbol or the second special symbol (each has a distribution as shown in FIGS. 8-2 (D) and (E) Second to
Two types of jackpot type determination tables, in which a determination value corresponding to the first jackpot, a determination value corresponding to the second jackpot, and a determination value corresponding to the third jackpot are assigned, are stored, for example, C
PU103, in the random value determination process at the time of winning, when it is determined that it will be a big hit based on the special figure display result determination table, using the corresponding jackpot type determination table out of the plurality of types of jackpot type determination table Then, the type of jackpot (jackpot type) may be determined.

FIG. 8-3 is a diagram exemplifying the variation pattern of the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 027SH. FIG. 8-3(A) is an explanatory diagram showing types of variation patterns (variation times). Variation pattern #10 is a non-reach variation pattern. Variation pattern #11 is a non-reach deviation (for shortening) variation pattern. Variation pattern #12 is a variation pattern of deviation from normal reach. Fluctuation pattern #13 is from normal reach to super reach A
It is a variation pattern that develops into a Variation pattern #14 is a variation pattern that develops from normal reach to super reach B and eventually loses. Variation pattern #15 is a small hit variation pattern. Variation pattern #16 is a variation pattern for a normal reach jackpot. Variation pattern #17 is a variation pattern that develops from normal reach to super reach A and finally becomes a big hit. Variation pattern #18 is a variation pattern that develops from normal reach to super reach B and finally becomes a big hit.

FIG. 8-3(B) is an example of the determination ratio of the variation pattern. Expectation of jackpot (reliability)
is super reach B>super reach A>normal reach. The degree of expectation of a certain effect a is, for example, (probability that effect a will be executed when a big win occurs)*(probability of a big win)/{(probability of effect a being executed when a big win)*( Probability of hitting the jackpot) + (probability of executing the production a when not hitting the jackpot) x (probability of not hitting the jackpot)} Become).

For example, the reliability of Super Reach A is (0.3×1/320)/
{(0.3*1/320)+(0.009*319/320)}=about 9.5%. Also, the reliability of Super Reach A is (0.3×1/295)/{(0
. 3*1/295)+(0.009*294/295)}=about 10.2%.

Also, the reliability of super reach B is (0.6×1/320)/{
(0.6*1/320)+(0.001*319/320)}=about 65.3%. Also, the reliability of super reach B is (0.6×1/295)/{(0
. 6*1/295)+(0.001*294/295)}=about 67.1%.

According to the example of FIG. 8-3(B), the variation pattern #11 is not determined during the low base, but it seems that the variation pattern #11 is also determined during the low base according to the number of reserved memories, for example. can be Further, according to the example of FIG. 8-3(B), the variation pattern #10 is not determined during the high base, but it seems that the variation pattern #10 is also determined during the high base according to the number of retained memories, for example. can be

FIG. 8-4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the advance notice effect. FIGS. 8-5 and 8-6 are examples of respective advance notice effects. The pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 027SH can execute a plurality of types of advance notice effects as shown in FIG. 8-4. Note that, in this embodiment, each of the plurality of types of advance notice effects can be specified by the advance notice effect pattern.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-A1” shown in FIG. 8-4 is a cut-in notice effect (display of weak cut-in image). The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH is
As a notice effect (cut-in notice effect/display of a weak cut-in image) of the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1", for example, a weak cut-in image 027SHY as shown in FIG. 8-5(A)
Display KE-JCI.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-A2” shown in FIG. 8-4 is a cut-in notice effect (display of strong cut-in image). The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH is
As a notice effect (cut-in notice effect/strong cut-in image display) of the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2", for example, a strong cut-in image 027SHY as shown in FIG.
Display KE-KCI.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-B” shown in FIG. 8-4 is a group notice effect (display of group images). The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH has a notice production pattern "Y
EP-B”, for example, a group image 027SHYKE-GN as shown in FIG. 8-5(C) is displayed.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-C1” shown in FIG. 8-4 is a button notice effect (button image display→pressing→weak cut-in image). The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH is shown in FIGS. like, button image 0
27SHYKE-BU and weak cut-in image 027SHYKE-JCI are displayed. note that,
The weak cut-in image displayed in the button notice effect may be different from the weak cut-in image displayed in the cut-in notice effect.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-C2” shown in FIG. 8-4 is a button notice effect (button image display→pressing→strong cut-in image). The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH is shown in FIGS. like, button image 0
27SHYKE-BU and strong cut-in image 027SHYKE-KCI are displayed. note that,
The strong cut-in image displayed in the button notice effect may be different from the strong cut-in image displayed in the cut-in notice effect.

The advance notice effect of the advance notice effect pattern “YEP-D” shown in FIG. 8-4 is the role advance notice effect (action of the character). The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH has a notice production pattern "Y
EP-D”, the movable body 027SH32 is operated as shown in FIGS.

FIG. 8-7 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the decision ratio of the advance notice effect and the like. FIG. 8-7(A) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the cut-in notice effect (display of weak cut-in image or display of strong cut-in image). According to the example shown in FIG. 8-7 (A), if the super reach is lost (if it becomes either fluctuation pattern # 13 or # 14), the execution is set to 40
%, and in the case of a super reach jackpot (in the case of either variation pattern #17 or #18), execution is determined at a rate of 50%. For example, the pachinko game machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH has a cut-in notice effect execution presence/absence determination table for super reach loss, in which 40% of the total is assigned as a judgment value corresponding to execution, and 50% of the total is executed. A table for determining whether or not to execute a cut-in announcement effect for super ready-to-win big hits, which is assigned as a judgment value corresponding to yes, is stored. Use the cut-in notice effect execution presence/absence determination table to determine whether or not to execute the cut-in notice effect, and in the case of a super reach jackpot, cut-in notice using the cut-in notice effect execution/non-execution decision table for the super reach jackpot. It may be determined whether or not to execute the production. The same applies to the determination of whether or not to execute other notice effects (group notice effect, button notice effect, character object notice effect). In addition, if it does not become a super reach (if it becomes one of the fluctuation patterns #10, #11, #12, #15, #16), the execution is determined at a rate of 0% (it is decided not to execute ).

The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH, when it is determined to execute the cut-in notice effect, the notice effect pattern ("YEP-A1", "YEP-A") related to the cut-in notice effect
2”). FIG. 8-7(B) shows the notice effect pattern of the cut-in notice effect when it is decided to execute the cut-in notice effect (“YEP-A1”, “YEP-A2”).
is an example of the determination ratio of According to the example shown in FIG. 8-7(B), when super reach is lost, the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" is determined at a rate of 80%, and the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is determined at 20%. Determined by percentage. Further, in the case of a super ready-to-win jackpot, the notice performance pattern "YEP-A1" is determined at a rate of 20%, and the notice performance pattern "YEP-A2" is determined at a rate of 80%. For example, the pachinko game machine 1 relating to the feature part 027SH allocates 80% of the total as the determination value corresponding to the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" and assigns 20% of the whole as the decision value corresponding to the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2". A cut-in notice effect pattern decision table for super reach loss assigned as a judgment value, and 20% of the total is assigned as a decision value corresponding to the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1", and 80% of the whole is the notice effect pattern " A super reach jackpot cut-in notice effect pattern determination table assigned as a determination value corresponding to YEP-A2" is stored, and for example, the effect control CPU 120 determines super reach when super reach is lost. Decide the notice effect pattern of the cut-in notice effect using the cut-in notice effect pattern decision table for losing, and cut in using the cut-in notice effect pattern decision table for the super reach big hit when it becomes a super reach jackpot. A notice effect pattern of the notice effect may be determined. The same applies to the determination of the notice effect patterns of other notice effects (button notice effects).

FIG. 8-7(C) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the group announcement effect (display of the group image).
According to the example shown in Figure 8-7 (C), if the super reach is missed, the execution is 20%
, and in the case of a super reach jackpot, execution is determined at a rate of 50%. In addition, there is one type of notice effect pattern related to the group notice effect (notice effect pattern "YEP-B"
), the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH, when it is determined to execute the group notice effect, sets the notice effect pattern “YEP-B” as the notice effect pattern related to the group notice effect.
to decide. In addition, if it does not become a super reach, the execution is determined at a rate of 0% (
decide not to do so).

Fig. 8-7 (D) shows the determination ratio of whether or not to execute the button announcement effect (button image display → press → weak cut-in image display, or button image display → press → strong cut-in image display). An example. According to the example shown in FIG. 8-7 (D), if the super reach is lost, the execution is determined at a rate of 10%, and if the super reach is a big hit, the execution is determined at a rate of 50%. do. In addition, when super reach does not occur, execution is determined at a rate of 0% (it is determined not to be executed).

The pachinko game machine 1 related to the characteristic part 027SH determines the announcement effect pattern (“YEP-C1”, “YEP-C2”) related to the button announcement effect when it is determined to execute the button announcement effect. FIG. 8-7(E) is an example of the determination ratio of the announcement effect patterns (“YEP-C1”, “YEP-C2”) related to the button announcement effect when it is decided to execute the button announcement effect. According to the example shown in Figure 8-7 (E), if the super reach is lost,
The notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" is determined at a rate of 90%, and the notice effect pattern "YEP
-C2" at a rate of 10%. In addition, in the case of a super reach jackpot, the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" is determined at a rate of 10%, and the notice effect pattern "YEP-C" is determined.
2” at a rate of 90%.

FIG. 8-7(F) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the character object announcement effect (action of the character object).
According to the example shown in FIG. 8-7 (F), if the super reach is lost, the execution is determined at a rate of 5%, and if the super reach hits, the execution is determined at a rate of 75%. do.
In addition, there is one type of notice effect pattern related to the character object notice effect (notice effect pattern "YEP-D"
), the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH, when it is determined to execute the character product announcement effect, sets the announcement effect pattern “YEP-
D" is determined. In addition, when super reach does not occur, execution is determined at a rate of 0% (it is determined not to be executed).

According to FIG. 8-7, in the case of super ready-to-win, up to four kinds of advance notice effects are executed.

In addition, the probability of executing the cut-in notice effect (display of a weak cut-in image or display of a strong cut-in image) when becoming a super reach is {(probability of losing × super reach when losing Probability of becoming × Probability of executing cut-in notice effect when super reach is lost) + (Probability of being a big hit × Probability of being super reach when big hit × Cut-in notice effect is executed when super reach is a big hit) Probability)} / {(Probability of losing x Probability of becoming super reach when losing) + (Probability of becoming a big hit x Probability of becoming super reach when winning)}, in the case of a set value of 1, { (319/32
0 x 1% x 40%) + (1/320 x 90% x 50%)}/{(319/320 x 1%)
+(1/320*90%)}=about 42%.

Also, the probability that the group notice effect (display of the group image) is executed when super reach is
{(Probability of losing x Probability of super reach when missing x Probability of group notice effect being executed when super reach is lost) + (Probability of being a big hit x Probability of being super reach when a big hit x Super Probability that the group announcement effect will be executed at the time of the reach jackpot)}/
{(Probability of losing x Probability of becoming super reach when losing) + (Probability of becoming a big hit x Probability of becoming super reach when winning)}, in the case of setting value 1, {
(319/320 x 1% x 20%) + (1/320 x 90% x 50%)}/{(319/
320*1%)+(1/320*90%)}=about 26%.

In addition, the probability that the button notice effect (button image display → press → weak cut-in image display, or button image display → press → strong cut-in image display) will be executed when super reach occurs is { (Probability of losing x Probability of super reach when missing x Probability of button notification effect being executed when missing) + (Probability of being a big hit x Probability of becoming super reach when hitting big x Super reach) Probability that the button notice effect will be executed at the time of a big hit)} / {(Probability of losing x Probability of getting super reach when losing) + (Probability of getting a big hit x Probability of getting super reach at the time of a big hit)} , for a set value of 1, {(319/320 x 1% x 10%) + (1/320 x 90% x 5
0%)}/{(319/320*1%)+(1/320*90%)}=about 19%.

Also, the probability that the role announcement effect (action of the role) will be executed when it becomes super reach is
{(Probability of losing × Probability of becoming super reach when losing × Probability of executing role announcement effect when losing super reach) + (Probability of becoming a big hit × Probability of becoming super reach when winning × Probability that the role announcement effect will be executed at the time of the super reach jackpot)
} / {(probability of losing × probability of becoming super reach when losing) + (probability of becoming a big hit × probability of becoming super reach when winning)}, in the case of setting value 1, {(319 /320 x 1% x 5%) + (1/320 x 90% x 75%)}/{(319
/320*1%)+(1/320*90%)}=about 20%.

FIG. 8-8 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the item image effect. 8-9 are display examples of respective item images. The pachinko game machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH is shown in FIG. 8-8 (A
), it is possible to execute a plurality of types of item image effects.

The item image preview effect of the item image effect pattern "IGEP-A" shown in FIG. This is the item image effect A that displays A. In other words, the item image A displayed in the item image effect A can identify the type of preview effect to be executed (specifically, the cut-in preview effect).

In the item image effect A, depending on the display mode (first to third display modes) of the item image A,
The intensity of the suggestion (reliability level) as to whether or not the cut-in notice effect will be executed is different.

Specifically, the item image A in the first display mode (level 1) is a weak suggestion that weakly suggests that the cut-in announcement effect will be executed. That is, the item image A in the first display mode is
It suggests with a low degree of reliability whether the cut-in announcement effect will be executed. The item image 027SHIGALV1 shown in FIG. 8-9(A) is an example of the first display mode (level 1) of the item image A. In this embodiment, the first display mode (level 1) of item image A (item images B to D are the same) is blue.

The item image A in the second display mode (level 2) is a medium suggestion that moderately suggests that the cut-in announcement effect will be executed. In other words, the item image A in the second display mode indicates with moderate reliability whether or not the cut-in announcement effect will be executed. The item image 027SHIGALV2 shown in FIG. 8-9(B) is an example of the second display mode (level 2) of the item image A. FIG. In this embodiment, the second display mode (level 2) of item image A (item images B to D are the same) is green.

The item image A in the third display mode (level 3) is a strong suggestion that strongly suggests that the cut-in announcement effect will be executed. That is, the item image A in the third display mode suggests with a high degree of reliability whether the cut-in announcement effect will be executed. Item image 0 shown in Figure 8-9 (C)
27SHIGALV3 is an example of the third display mode (level 3) of the item image A. In this embodiment, the third display mode (level 3) of item image A (item images B to D are the same) is red.

The item image preview effect of the item image effect pattern "IGEP-B" shown in FIG. This is image production B. In other words, the item image B displayed in the item image effect B can identify the type of preview effect to be executed (specifically, the group preview effect).

In the item image effect B, depending on the display mode (first to third display modes) of the item image B,
The strength of the suggestion (reliability level) as to whether or not the group announcement effect will be executed is different.

Specifically, the item image B in the first display mode (level 1) is a weak suggestion that weakly suggests that the group announcement effect will be executed. That is, the item image B in the first display mode suggests with low reliability whether the group announcement effect will be executed. Item image 027 shown in FIG. 8-9 (D)
SHIGBLV1 is an example of the first display mode (level 1) of the item image B.

The item image B in the second display mode (level 2) is a medium suggestion that moderately suggests that the group announcement effect will be executed. In other words, the item image B in the second display mode indicates with medium reliability whether the group announcement effect will be executed. Item image 027SH shown in FIG. 8-9 (E)
IGBLV2 is an example of the second display mode (level 2) of the item image B. FIG.

The item image B in the third display mode (level 3) is a strong suggestion that strongly suggests that the group announcement effect will be executed. In other words, the item image B in the third display mode suggests with a high degree of reliability whether the group announcement effect will be executed. Item image 027SHIGBL shown in Fig. 8-9 (F)
V3 is an example of the third display mode (level 3) of the item image B;

The item image preview effect of the item image effect pattern "IGEP-C" shown in FIG. is an item image effect C that displays . In other words, the item image C displayed in the item image effect C can identify the type of preview effect to be executed (specifically, the button preview effect).

In the item image production C, depending on the display mode (first to third display modes) of the item image C,
The strength of the suggestion (reliability level) as to whether the button announcement effect will be executed is different.

Specifically, the item image C in the first display mode (level 1) is a weak suggestion that weakly suggests that the button announcement effect will be executed. That is, the item image C in the first display mode suggests with low reliability whether the button announcement effect will be executed. The item image 027SHIGCLV1 shown in FIG. 8-9(G) is an example of the first display mode (level 1) of the item image C.

The item image C in the second display mode (level 2) is a medium suggestion that moderately suggests that the button announcement effect will be executed. In other words, the item image C in the second display mode indicates with medium reliability whether the button announcement effect will be executed. Item image 0 shown in Figure 8-9 (H)
27SHIGCLV2 is an example of the second display mode (level 2) of the item image C.

The item image C in the third display mode (level 3) is a strong suggestion that strongly suggests that the button announcement effect will be executed. That is, the item image C in the third display mode suggests with a high degree of reliability whether the button announcement effect will be executed. Item image 027SH shown in FIG. 8-9 (I)
IGCLV3 is an example of the third display mode (level 3) of the item image C. FIG.

The item image preview effect of the item image effect pattern "IGEP-D" shown in FIG. This is the item image production D. In other words, the item image D displayed in the item image effect D can specify the type of preview effect to be executed (specifically, the character object preview effect).

In the item image effect D, depending on the display mode (first to third display modes) of the item image D,
The strength of the suggestion (reliability level) as to whether or not the character object announcement effect will be executed is different.

Specifically, the item image D in the first display mode (level 1) is a weak suggestion that weakly suggests that the character product announcement effect will be executed. In other words, the item image D in the first display mode indicates with low reliability whether or not the character product announcement effect will be executed. Item image 0 shown in Figure 8-9 (J)
27SHIGDLV1 is an example of the first display mode (level 1) of the item image D.

The item image D in the second display mode (level 2) is a medium suggestion that moderately suggests that the character product announcement effect will be executed. In other words, the item image D in the second display mode suggests with a medium level of reliability whether or not the character object announcement effect will be executed. Item image 027 shown in FIG. 8-9 (K)
SHIGDLV2 is an example of the second display mode (level 2) of the item image D.

The item image D in the third display mode (level 3) is a strong suggestion that strongly suggests that the character object announcement effect will be executed. In other words, the item image D in the third display mode suggests with a high degree of reliability whether or not the character object announcement effect will be executed. Item image 027SHIG shown in Figure 8-9 (L)
DLV3 is an example of the third display mode (level 3) of the item image D. FIG.

The pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic part 027SH has the item image effect A (IGEP-A), the item image effect B (IGEP-B), the item image effect C (I
GEP-C) and item image effects D (IGEP-D), there are cases where none of the four types of item image effects are executed, and cases where only one of the four types is executed. There are cases where two out of four types are executed, three out of four types are executed, and there are cases where all four types are executed.

Moreover, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH can change the display mode of the item image displayed in the item image effect. In other words, the characteristic portion 027S
The pachinko gaming machine 1 related to H can execute an item image effect that changes the display mode of the item image. For example, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH can change the display mode of the item image A from the first display mode (level 1) to the second display mode (level 2) during execution of the item image effect A. It is possible. In other words, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH can execute the item image effect A that changes the display mode of the item image A from the first display mode (level 1) to the second display mode (level 2). be. Item image production B
, item image effects C, and item image effects D are the same.

FIG. 8-8(B) shows the contents of the item image effect execution mode pattern. The item image effect execution mode pattern is common to each item image effect (item image effect A, item image effect B, item image effect C, item image effect D). is determined (details will be described later).

The item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1" shown in FIG. 8-8(B) is an item image effect execution mode pattern in which the item image effect is not executed. Since the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1" does not execute the item image effect, the item image is not displayed.

The item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" shown in FIG. 1) is an item image effect execution mode pattern that remains unchanged.

The item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" shown in FIG. 1) to the second display mode (level 2).

The item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" shown in FIG. 1) to the second display mode (level 2), and
This is an item image effect execution mode pattern for changing from the second display mode (level 2) to the third display mode (level 3).

The item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP5" shown in FIG. 1) to the third display mode (level 3).

Therefore, although the details will be described later, for example, the item image effect execution mode pattern “IGEGP3” is determined for the item image effect A (IGEP-A), and the item image effect B (I
GEP-B), the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1" is determined,
About item image effect C (IGEP-C) Item image effect execution mode pattern "IG
EGP2" is determined, and the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP5" is determined for the item image effect D (IGEP-D), the display mode of the item image A is changed from the first display mode (level 1) to the first display mode. Item image effect A (IGEP-A) that changes the display mode of item image C to 2 display modes (level 2), and item image effect C (IGEP-C) that does not change the display mode of item image C to the first display mode (level 1). , an item image effect D (I
GEP-D) will be executed (the item image effect B will not be executed).

FIGS. 8-10 are explanatory diagrams for explaining the determination ratio of the item image effect, and the like. Figure 8-
10(A) and FIG. 8-10(B) are examples of determination ratios of item image effect execution mode patterns of item image effect A (IGEP-A). Specifically, FIG. 8-10(A) shows item image effect execution of item image effect A (IGEP-A) when cut-in notice effects (YEP-A1, YEP-A2) are executed in Super Reach. It is an example of the determination ratio of the mode pattern. FIG. 8-10 (B) shows the item image effect A (
It is an example of the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of IGEP-A).

FIGS. 8-10(C) and 8-10(D) are examples of determination ratios of item image effect execution mode patterns of item image effect B (IGEP-B). Specifically, Figure 8-10 (C
) is an example of the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B (IGEP-B) when the group announcement effect (YEP-B) is executed in Super Reach. FIG. 8-10(D) is an example of determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect B (IGEP-B) when the group announcement effect (YEP-B) is not executed in super reach.

FIGS. 8-10(E) and 8-10(F) are examples of determination ratios of item image effect execution mode patterns of item image effect C (IGEP-C). Specifically, Figure 8-10 (E
) is an example of the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C (IGEP-C) when the button announcement effect (YEP-C1, YEP-C2) is executed in Super Reach. FIG. 8-10 (F) shows the item image effect C (
It is an example of the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of IGEP-C).

FIGS. 8-10 (G) and 8-10 (H) are an example of determination ratios of item image effect execution mode patterns of item image effect D (IGEP-D). Specifically, Figure 8-10 (G
) is an example of the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D (IGEP-D) when the character product announcement effect (YEP-D) is executed in super reach. Figure 8-10 (H) shows the character announcement effect (YEP-D) in Super Reach
is an example of the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D (IGEP-D) when not executing.

According to FIG. 8-10, the item image effect execution mode pattern (that is, the item image effect A
is executed, or the display mode of the item image A when the item image effect A is executed)
is determined by whether or not the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A1, YEP-A2) is executed. In addition, the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B that displays the item image B and suggests the execution of the group notice effect (that is, whether the item image effect B is executed or whether the item image effect B is executed The display mode of the item image B in the case) is the group notice effect (YEP
-B) is executed or not. In addition, the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C that displays the item image C and suggests the execution of the button notice effect (that is, whether the item image effect C is executed or whether the item image effect C is executed The display mode of the item image C in the case) is determined by whether or not the button announcement effect (YEP-C1, YEP-C2) is executed. In addition, the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D suggesting the execution of the character product preview effect by displaying the item image D (that is, whether the item image effect D is executed or whether the item image effect D is executed The display mode of the item image D in the case where the character is displayed) is determined by whether or not the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) is executed.

As a specific example, the reliability of the suggestion of the cut-in notice effect for each display mode of the item image A displayed in the item image effect A, and the button notice effect for each display mode of the item image C displayed in the item image effect C. Explain the reliability of suggestions.

(Reliability of Suggestion of Cut-in Notice Effect by Display Mode of Item Image A)
According to FIGS. 8-10(A) and 8-10(B), the third display mode (level 3) is the final display mode of the item image A when the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4
” is determined. When the cut-in notice effect is executed, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" is determined at a rate of 50% (Fig. 8-10 (A)), and when the cut-in notice effect is not executed, the rate is 10%. The item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" is determined by the ratio (FIG. 8-10(B)). The reliability of the cut-in notice effect when the final display mode of the item image A in Super Reach is the third display mode is
For example, (probability that the item image A in the third display mode is finally displayed when the cut-in notice effect is executed in super reach)×(probability that the cut-in notice effect is executed in super reach)/{ Probability that the item image A in the third display mode is finally displayed when the cut-in notice effect is executed in super reach) × (probability that the cut-in notice effect is executed in super reach) + (in super reach) Probability that the item image A in the third display mode is finally displayed when the cut-in notice effect is not executed)
x (probability that the cut-in announcement effect is not executed in super reach)}. When 42% of the set value 1 is used as the probability that the cut-in notice effect is executed in super reach, the cut-in notice effect when the final display mode of the item image A in super reach is the third display mode The reliability is (50% × 42%)/{(5
0% x 42%) + (10% x 58%)} = about 78%.

The final display mode of the item image A becomes the second display mode (level 2) when the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" is determined. When executing the cut-in notice effect, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" is used at a rate of 30%.
is determined (Fig. 8-10 (A)), and when the cut-in notice effect is not executed, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" is determined at a rate of 20% (Fig. 8-10 (B
)). Therefore, when 42% of the setting value 1 is used as the probability of execution of the cut-in notice effect in super reach, the cut-in notice when the final display mode of the item image A is the second display mode in super reach The reliability of the production is (30% x 42%)
/{(30%*42%)+(20%*58%)}=about 52%.

The final display mode of the item image A becomes the first display mode (level 1) when the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" is determined. When executing the cut-in notice effect, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" is used at a rate of 20%.
is determined (Fig. 8-10 (A)), and when the cut-in notice effect is not executed, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" is determined at a rate of 60% (Fig. 8-10 (B
)). Therefore, when 42% of the setting value 1 is used as the probability of execution of the cut-in notice effect in super reach, the cut-in notice when the final display mode of the item image A is the first display mode in super reach The reliability of the production is (20% x 42%)
/{(20%*42%)+(60%*58%)}=about 19%.

(Reliability of Suggestion of Button Notice Effect by Display Mode of Item Image C)
According to FIGS. 8-10(E) and 8-10(F), the third display mode (level 3) is the final display mode of the item image C when the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4
' or 'IGEGP5' is determined. When executing the button notice effect, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" or "IGEGP" is selected at a rate of 70% in total.
5" is determined (Fig. 8-10 (E)), and if the button notice effect is not executed, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" is determined at a rate of 5% (Fig. 8-10 (F)
). The reliability of the button announcement effect when the final display mode of the item image C is the third display mode in super reach is, for example, (item in the third display mode when the button notice effect is executed in super reach Probability that the image C is finally displayed)×(Probability that the button notice effect is executed in the super reach) / {When the button notice effect is executed in the super reach, the item image C in the third display mode is finally displayed probability of being displayed in) ×
(Probability that the button notice effect is executed in Super Reach) + (Probability that the item image C in the third display mode is finally displayed when the button notice effect is not executed in Super Reach) x (Button notice in Super Reach) Probability that the effect is not executed)}. When 19% of the set value 1 is used as the probability of executing the button announcement effect in Super Ready-to-Wear, the reliability of the button announcement effect when the final display mode of the item image C is the third display mode in Super-Reach. is (70%×19%)/{(70
% x 19%) + (5% x 81%)} = about 77%.

The final display mode of the item image C becomes the second display mode (level 2) when the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" is determined. When the button notice effect is executed, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" is determined at a rate of 15% (Fig. 8-10 (E)), and when the button notice effect is not executed, the rate is 10%. The item image rendering execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" is determined (FIG. 8-10 (F)). Therefore, when 19% of the setting value 1 is used as the probability of execution of the button announcement effect in super reach, the final display mode of the item image C in super reach is the second.
The reliability of the button announcement effect in the display mode is (15% × 19%) / {(15% × 1
9%) + (10% x 81%)} = about 26%.

The final display mode of the item image C becomes the first display mode (level 1) when the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" is determined. When the button notice effect is executed, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" is determined at a rate of 10% (Fig. 8-10 (E)), and when the button notice effect is not executed, the rate is 65%. An item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" is determined (FIG. 8-10 (F)). Therefore, when 19% of the setting value 1 is used as the probability that the button announcement effect is executed in super reach, the final display mode of the item image C in super reach is the first.
The reliability of the button announcement effect in the display mode is (10% x 19%)/{(10% x 1
9%) + (65% x 81%)} = about 3.5%.

8-11 are explanatory diagrams for explaining various timings. Specifically, FIGS. 8-11 are explanatory diagrams for explaining display timings of various item images, execution timings of various advance notice effects, etc. in the variable display of super reach.

In FIG. 8-11, T0 is the start timing during variable display. T1 is the timing to develop into super reach.

T2 is the timing at which the item image A (see FIG. 8-9(A)) in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed when the item image effect A is executed. When the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect A is any one of "IGEGP2" to "IGEGP5", the item image A is displayed in the first display mode (level 1) at T2.

T3 is the timing at which the item image B (see FIG. 8-9(D)) in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed when the item image effect B is executed. When the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B is any of "IGEGP2" to "IGEGP5", the item image B is displayed in the first display mode (level 1) at T3.

T4 is the timing at which the item image C (see FIG. 8-9 (G)) in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed when the item image effect C is executed. When the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is any of "IGEGP2" to "IGEGP5", the item image C is displayed in the first display mode (level 1) at T4.

T5 is the timing at which the item image D (see FIG. 8-9(J)) in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed when the item image effect D is executed. When the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D is any one of "IGEGP2" to "IGEGP5", the item image D is displayed in the first display mode (level 1) at T5.

T6 is the timing at which the item image A (see FIG. 8-9(B)) in the second display mode (level 2) is displayed when the item image effect A is executed. For example, if the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect A is "IGEGP3" or "IGEGP4
, the display mode of the item image effect A changes from the first display mode (level 1) to the second display mode (level 2) at T6. If the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect A is "IGEGP2" or "IGEGP5", the display mode of item image effect A does not change at T6 (first display mode (level 1)
remains).

T7 is the timing at which the item image B (see FIG. 8-9(E)) in the second display mode (level 2) is displayed when the item image effect B is executed. For example, if the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect B is "IGEGP3" or "IGEGP4
, the display mode of the item image effect B changes from the first display mode (level 1) to the second display mode (level 2) at T7. If the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect B is "IGEGP2" or "IGEGP5", the display mode of item image effect B does not change at T7 (first display mode (level 1)
remains).

T8 is the timing at which the item image C (see FIG. 8-9(H)) in the second display mode (level 2) is displayed when the item image effect C is executed. For example, if the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect C is "IGEGP3" or "IGEGP4
, the display mode of the item image effect C changes from the first display mode (level 1) to the second display mode (level 2) at T8. Note that when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is "IGEGP2" or "IGEGP5", the display mode of the item image effect C does not change at T8 (first display mode (level 1)
remains).

T9 is the timing at which the item image D (see FIG. 8-9(K)) in the second display mode (level 2) is displayed when the item image effect D is executed. For example, if the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D is "IGEGP3" or "IGEGP4
, the display mode of the item image effect D changes from the first display mode (level 1) to the second display mode (level 2) at T9. When the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is "IGEGP2" or "IGEGP5", the display mode of the item image effect D does not change at T8 (first display mode (level 1)
remains).

T10 is the timing at which the item image A (see FIG. 8-9(C)) in the third display mode (level 3) is displayed when the item image effect A is executed. For example, when the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect A is "IGEGP4", the display mode of item image effect A changes from the second display mode (level 2) to the third display mode (level 3) at T10. , and when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect A is "IGEGP5", the display mode of the item image effect A changes from the first display mode (level 1) to the third display mode (level 3). When the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect A is "IGEGP2", the display mode of item image effect A does not change at T10 (first display mode (level 1)
remains). Also, the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect A is "I
GEGP3", the display mode of the item image effect A does not change at T10 (it remains in the second display mode (level 2)).

T11 is the timing at which the item image B (see FIG. 8-9 (F)) in the third display mode (level 3) is displayed when the item image effect B is executed. For example, when the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect B is "IGEGP4", the display mode of item image effect B changes from the second display mode (level 2) to the third display mode (level 3) at T11. , and when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B is "IGEGP5", the display mode of the item image effect B changes from the first display mode (level 1) to the third display mode (level 3). When the item image effect execution mode pattern of item image effect B is "IGEGP2", the display mode of item image effect B does not change at T11 (first display mode (level 1)
remains). Also, the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B is "I
GEGP3", the display mode of the item image effect B does not change at T11 (the second display mode (level 2) remains unchanged).

T12 is the timing at which the item image C (see FIG. 8-9 (I)) in the third display mode (level 3) is displayed when the item image effect C is executed. For example, when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is "IGEGP4", the display mode of the item image effect C changes from the second display mode (level 2) to the third display mode (level 3) at T12. , and when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is "IGEGP5", the display mode of the item image effect C changes from the first display mode (level 1) to the third display mode (level 3). When the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is "IGEGP2", the display mode of the item image effect C does not change at T12 (the first display mode (level 1)
remains). Also, the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is "I
GEGP3", the display mode of the item image effect C does not change at T12 (it remains in the second display mode (level 2)).

T13 is the timing at which the item image D (see FIG. 8-9 (L)) in the third display mode (level 3) is displayed when the item image effect D is executed. For example, when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D is "IGEGP4", the display mode of the item image effect D changes from the second display mode (level 2) to the third display mode (level 3) at T13. , and when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D is "IGEGP5", the display mode of the item image effect D changes from the first display mode (level 1) to the third display mode (level 3). When the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D is "IGEGP2", the display mode of the item image effect D does not change at T13 (first display mode (level 1)
remains). Also, the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D is "I
GEGP3", the display mode of the item image effect D does not change at T13 (it remains in the second display mode (level 2)).

T14 is the timing for erasing the item image A (the timing for using it as an item). That is, the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect A is "IGEGP
2", the item image A in the first display mode (level 1) being displayed is erased, and when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect A is "IGEGP3", the item image A being displayed is deleted. If the item image A in the second display mode (level 2) is erased and the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect A is "IGEGP4" or "IGEGP5", the third display mode (level 3) being displayed is displayed. Delete the item image A of .

Further, T14 is also the timing of starting the execution of the fanning effect to prompt whether the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1, YEP-A2) is to be executed. T15 is the timing of ending the execution of the above-mentioned fan effect. That is, T14-T15 is the execution period of the above-mentioned fan effect.

T15 is also the timing for starting the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A1, YEP-A2). T16 is a cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A1, YEP-A2)
is the timing to end the execution of In other words, T15 to T16 are cut-in notice effects (
YEP-A1, YEP-A2) execution period.

T17 is the timing for erasing the item image B. FIG. That is, when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B is "IGEGP2", the item image B in the first display mode (level 1) being displayed is erased, and the item image effect B is executed. When the mode pattern is "IGEGP3", the item image B in the second display mode (level 2) being displayed is erased, and the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B is "I
GEGP4" or "IGEGP5", the item image B in the third display mode (level 3) being displayed is erased.

Further, T17 is also the timing of starting the execution of the fanning effect for inciting whether or not to execute the group announcement effect (YEP-B). T18 is the timing of ending the execution of the above-mentioned fan effect.
That is, T17-T18 is the execution period of the above-mentioned fan effect.

T18 is also the timing for starting the execution of the group announcement effect (YEP-B). T.
19 is the timing of ending the execution of the group announcement effect (YEP-B). In other words, T18
˜T19 is the execution period of the group announcement effect (YEP-B).

T20 is the item image C deletion timing. That is, when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is "IGEGP2", the item image C in the first display mode (level 1) being displayed is erased, and the item image effect C is executed. When the mode pattern is "IGEGP3", the item image C in the second display mode (level 2) being displayed is erased, and the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C is "I
GEGP4" or "IGEGP5", the item image C in the third display mode (level 3) being displayed is erased.

Further, T20 is also the timing of starting the execution of the inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the button announcement effect (YEP-C1, YEP-C2). T21 is the timing of ending the execution of the above-mentioned fan effect. That is, T20 to T21 is the execution period of the above-mentioned fan effect.

T21 is also the timing to start executing the button announcement effects (YEP-C1, YEP-C2). T22 is the timing of ending the execution of the button announcement effect (YEP-C1, YEP-C2). In other words, T21 to T22 are button announcement effects (YEP-C1
, YEP-C2).

T23 is the item image D erasing timing. That is, when the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D is "IGEGP2", the item image D in the first display mode (level 1) being displayed is erased, and the item image effect D is executed. When the mode pattern is "IGEGP3", the item image D in the second display mode (level 2) being displayed is erased, and the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D is set to "I
GEGP4" or "IGEGP5", the item image D in the third display mode (level 3) being displayed is erased.

Further, T23 is also the timing of starting the execution of the inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the character announcement effect (YEP-D). T24 is the timing of ending the execution of the above-mentioned fan effect. That is, T23-T24 is the execution period of the above-mentioned fan effect.

Further, T24 is also the timing for starting the performance of the character object announcement effect (YEP-D).
T25 is the timing of ending the execution of the character product announcement effect (YEP-D). That is, T
24 to T25 is the execution period of the character product announcement effect (YEP-D).

8-12 and 8-13 are specific examples of various timings. In FIG. 8-12 (A), only the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1) is executed as the notice effect, and only the item image effect A (IGEP-A) is executed as the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" (that is, item image effect B (IGEGP-B)
, item image A
is an explanatory diagram for explaining the display timing of , the execution timing of cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1), and the like.

In FIG. 8-12(A), T2 to T6 are periods during which the item image A in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed. T6 to T10 is a period during which the item image A in the second display mode (level 2) is displayed. T10 to T14 is a period during which the item image A in the third display mode (level 3) is displayed. T14-T15 is the execution period of the inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the cut-in notice effect. T15-T16 is a cut-in notice effect (Y
EP-A1) execution period, that is, weak cut-in image 027SHYKE-JCI (Fig. 8
-5 (A)) is displayed.

In FIG. 8-12 (B), nothing is executed as the notice effect, and the item image effect is item image effect A (IGEP-A), item image effect C (IGEP-C), item image effect D (IGEP) -D) is executed with the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" (item image effect B (IGEP-B) is the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1"), the item image A, It is explanatory drawing explaining the display timing etc. of the item image C and the item image D. FIG.

In FIG. 8-12(B), T2 to T14 are periods during which the item image A in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed. T14-T15 is the execution period of the inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the cut-in notice effect. Note that the cut-in forewarning effect is not executed after the fanning effect. T4 to T20 are periods during which the item image C in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed. T20-T21 is the execution period of the inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the button announcement effect. Note that the button announcement effect is not executed after the fanning effect. T5 to T23 are periods during which the item image D in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed. T23-T
Reference numeral 24 denotes an execution period of an inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the character object announcement effect. Note that the character object announcement effect is not executed after the inciting effect.

In FIG. 8-13 (A), the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1), the group notice effect (YEP-B), and the button notice effect (YEP-C1) are executed as the notice effect, and the item image effect is the item image effect. Image effect A (IGEP-A) and item image effect B (IGEP-B) are each executed with the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3", and item image effect C (IGEP-C) is the item image effect execution mode pattern. Runs on "IGEGP4",
Item image effect D (IGEP-D) is the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP
2”, display timing of item image A, item image B, item image C, and item image D, cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1), group notice effect (Y
EP-B), an explanatory diagram for explaining the execution timing of the button announcement effect (YEP-C1) and the like.

In FIG. 8-13(A), T14 to T15 is the execution period of the fanning effect for inciting whether or not to execute the cut-in notice effect. The item image A is deleted at T14, but the display mode of the item image A immediately before being deleted is the second display mode (level 2). T15-T16
is the execution period of the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1), that is, the weak cut-in image 02
This is the period during which 7SHYKE-JCI (see FIG. 8-5(A)) is displayed. T17~T
Reference numeral 18 denotes an execution period of an inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the group forewarning effect. Item image B is T
17, the display mode of the item image B immediately before being deleted is the second display mode (level 2). T18-T19 is the execution period of the group announcement effect (YEP-B), that is, the period during which the group image 027SHYKE-GN (see FIG. 8-5(C)) is displayed. T20-T21 is the execution period of the inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the button announcement effect. The item image C is deleted at T20, but the display mode of the item image C immediately before being deleted is the third display mode (level 3). T21 to T22 are button announcement effects (YEP-C
1) execution period, that is, the button image 027SHYKE-BU (see FIG. 8-6 (A))
is displayed (when the push button 31B is operated while the button image 027SHYKE-BU is being displayed, a weak cut-in image 027S is displayed instead of the button image 027SHYKE-BU
HYKE-JCI (see FIG. 8-6(B)) is displayed) period. T23-T24 is the execution period of the inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the character product announcement effect. Item image D is T23
, the display mode of the item image D immediately before being deleted is the first display mode (level 1). Note that the character object announcement effect is not executed after the inciting effect.

In FIG. 8-13(B), a button notice effect (YEP-C2) and a character notice effect (YEP-D) are executed as the notice effect, and an item image effect C (IGEP) is executed as the item image effect.
-C) is executed with the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP5" (that is, item image effect A (IGEP-A), item image effect B (IGEP-B) and item image effect D (IGEP-D ) is an item image effect execution mode pattern “IGEGP
1”), the display timing of the item image C, the character announcement effect (YEP-
It is an explanatory diagram for explaining the execution timing of D).

In FIG. 8-13(B), T4 to T12 are periods during which the item image C in the first display mode (level 1) is displayed. T12 to T20 is a period during which the item image C in the third display mode (level 3) is displayed. T20-T21 is the execution period of the inciting effect for inciting whether or not to execute the button announcement effect. T21 to T22 are button announcement effects (YEP-C2
), that is, the button image 027SHYKE-BU (see FIG. 8-6(C)) is displayed (when the push button 31B is operated while the button image 027SHYKE-BU is being displayed, the button image 027SHYKE- Strong cut-in image 027SH instead of BU
YKE-KCI (see FIG. 8-6 (D)) is displayed) period. T24 to T25 are
This is the period during which the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) is executed, that is, the period during which the movable body 027SH32 is operated (see FIGS. 8-6(E) to 8-6(G)). In the example of FIG. 8-13(B) , there is no display of the item image D suggesting whether or not the character object preview effect is to be executed, nor the execution of the stimulating effect for inciting whether or not the character object preview effect is to be executed. An object announcement effect (YEP-D) is being executed. Specifically, the item image effect execution mode pattern "
IGEGP1" is determined (see FIG. 8-10 (G)), the display of the item image D suggesting whether or not the character preview effect is to be executed is also an inciting effect to incite whether or not the character character preview effect is to be executed. Without execution, the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) is executed.

FIGS. 8-14 and 8-15 show the effect determination process (effect determination process for determining the advance notice effect, item image effect, etc.) executed in the variable display start setting process of S171 in the effect control process shown in FIG. It is a flow chart which shows an example. The flowchart of FIG. 8-15 is a continuation of the flowchart of FIG. 8-14.

In the effect determination process shown in FIG. 8-14, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the cut-in announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 027SHS100). For example, as shown in FIG. 8-7 (A), the effect control CPU 120 determines execution yes at a rate of 40% if the variation pattern is out of super reach (either variation pattern # 13 or # 14) Then, if the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot (either variation pattern #17, #18), execution is determined at a rate of 50%, and the variation pattern is other than the above (variation pattern #10, #11, #12 , #15, or #16), execution is determined at a rate of 0%.

Subsequent to step 027SHS100, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the cut-in announcement effect should be executed (step 027SHS101). If it is determined that the cut-in notice effect is to be executed (step 027 SHS101; YES),
Go to step 027 SHS102. If it is not determined that the cut-in notice effect should be executed (step 027SHS101; NO), the process proceeds to step 027SHS105.

Following step 027SHS101 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of cut-in notice effect (that is, notice effect pattern) based on the variation pattern (step 027SHS102). For example, as shown in FIG. 8-7 (B), the effect control CPU
120, if the variation pattern is out of super reach, the notice effect pattern "YEP-
A1" is determined at 80%, and the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is determined at 20%. Also, if the variation pattern is a super ready-to-win jackpot, the effect control CPU 120 determines the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" at 20%, and sets the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" at 80%.
Determined by %.

Following step 027SHS102, the effect control CPU 120 is step 027S
The notice effect pattern of the cut-in notice effect determined by HS 102 (notice effect pattern "Y
EP-A1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2") is set (step 027SH
S103).

Subsequent to step 027SHS103, the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution mode (item image effect execution mode pattern) of the item image effect A (IGEP-A) when executing the cut-in announcement effect (step 027SHS104). For example, Figure 8-
As shown in 10(A), the effect control CPU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1" to 0% and the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" to 20%.
%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" at 30%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" at 50%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGE"
GP5” is determined at a rate of 0%.

Subsequent to step 027 SHS101 (NO), the effect control CPU 120 executes the item image effect A (IGEP-A) execution mode (
Item image effect execution mode pattern) is determined (step 027 SHS105). For example, as shown in FIG. 8-10(B), the effect control CPU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1" to 10% and the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEG
P2" is determined at 60%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" at 20%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" at 10%, and item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP5" at 0%.

Following step 027SHS104 or step 027SHS105, C for effect control
The PU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect A (IGEP-A) determined at step 027SHS104 or step 027SHS105 (step 027SHS106).

Following step 027SHS106, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the group announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 027SHS110). For example, Figure 8
As shown in -7 (C), the effect control CPU 120 determines execution at a rate of 20% if the variation pattern is a super reach, and if the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot, determines execution at 50%. If the fluctuation pattern is other than the above, execution is determined at a rate of 0%.

Subsequent to step 027SHS110, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the group announcement effect should be executed (step 027SHS111). If it is determined that the group announcement effect is to be executed (step 027SHS111; YES), step 027S
Go to HS113. If it is not determined that the cut-in notice effect should be executed (step 027SHS111; NO), the process proceeds to step 027SHS115.

Following step 027SHS111, the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern "YEP-B" for the group notice effect (step 027SHS113).

Following step 027SHS113, the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution mode (item image effect execution mode pattern) of the item image effect B (IGEP-B) as a case of executing the group announcement effect (step 027SHS114). For example, Figure 8-10 (C
), the effect control CPU 120 controls the item image effect execution mode pattern “IG
EGP1" at 0%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" at 20%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" at 30%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" at 45%, item image effect execution mode Pattern "IGEGP5"
is determined at a rate of 5%.

Subsequent to step 027SHS111 (NO), the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution mode (item image effect execution mode pattern) of the item image effect B (IGEP-B) as a case where the group announcement effect is not executed (step 027SHS115). ). For example, Figure 8
As shown in -10 (D), the effect control CPU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1" at 10%, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" at 60%, and the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3". ” is 20%, the item image effect execution mode pattern “IGEGP4” is 10%, and the item image effect execution mode pattern “I
GEGP5” is determined at a rate of 0%.

Following step 027SHS114 or step 027SHS115, C for effect control
The PU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B (IGEP-B) determined at step 027SHS114 or step 027SHS115 (step 027SHS116).

Following step 027SHS116, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the button announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 027SHS120). for example,
As shown in FIG. 8-7 (D), the effect control CPU 120 determines execution at a rate of 10% if the variation pattern is out of super reach, and if the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot, execution is determined. Determined at a rate of 50%, and if the fluctuation pattern is other than the above, 0% execution
determined by the ratio of

Subsequent to step 027SHS120, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the button announcement effect should be executed (step 027SHS121). If it is determined that the button announcement effect is to be executed (step 027SHS121; YES), the process proceeds to step 027SHS122. If it is not determined to execute the button announcement effect (step 027SHS121; NO), the process proceeds to step 027SHS125.

Following step 027SHS121 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of button announcement effect (that is, the announcement effect pattern) based on the variation pattern (step 027SHS122). For example, as shown in FIG. 8-7 (E), the effect control CPU12
0, if the fluctuation pattern is out of super reach, the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1
” is determined at 90%, and the notice effect pattern “YEP-C2” is determined at 10%. Also, if the variation pattern is a super ready-to-win jackpot, the effect control CPU 120 determines the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" at 10% and the notice effect pattern "YEP-C2" at 90%.

Following step 027SHS122, the effect control CPU 120 is step 027S
Notice effect pattern of button notice effect decided by HS122 (notice effect pattern “YEP
-C1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-C2") (step 027 SHS1
23).

Subsequent to step 027SHS123, the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution mode (item image effect execution mode pattern) of the item image effect C (IGEP-C) when executing the button announcement effect (step 027SHS124). For example, Figure 8-10
As shown in (E), the effect control CPU 120 performs the item image effect execution mode pattern "
IGEGP1” at 5%, item image rendering execution mode pattern “IGEGP2” at 10%,
Item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" at 15%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" at 60%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP"
5” at a rate of 10%.

Following step 027SHS121 (NO), the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution mode (item image effect execution mode pattern) of the item image effect C (IGEP-C) as a case where the button announcement effect is not executed (step 027SHS125). ). for example,
As shown in FIG. 8-10(F), the effect control CPU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1" to 20% and the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" to 20%.
65%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" 10%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" 5%, item image effect execution mode pattern "
IGEGP5” is determined at a rate of 0%.

Following step 027SHS124 or step 027SHS125, C for effect control
The PU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect C (IGEP-C) determined at step 027SHS124 or step 027SHS125 (step 027SHS126).

Following step 027SHS126, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the character product announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 027SHS130). For example, as shown in FIG. 8-7 (F), the effect control CPU 120 determines execution at a rate of 5% if the variation pattern is out of super reach, and executes if the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot. Yes is determined at a rate of 75%, and execution is determined at a rate of 0% if the fluctuation pattern is other than the above.

Subsequent to step 027SHS130, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it has been determined that the character product announcement effect should be executed (step 027SHS131). If it is determined that the character object announcement effect is to be executed (step 027 SHS131; YES), step 02
Go to 7SHS133. If it is not decided to execute the character object announcement effect (step 0
27SHS131; NO), and proceeds to step 027SHS135.

Following step 027SHS131, the effect control CPU 120 sets the announcement effect pattern "YEP-D" for the character object announcement effect (step 027SHS133).

Subsequent to step 027SHS133, the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution mode (item image effect execution mode pattern) of the item image effect D (IGEP-D) in the case of executing the character product announcement effect (step 027SHS134). For example, Figure 8-10 (
G), the effect control CPU 120 controls the item image effect execution mode pattern "I
GEGP1" at 10%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" at 5%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" at 15%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" at 60%, item image effect execution mode Pattern "IGEGP5
” at a rate of 10%.

Following step 027 SHS131 (NO), the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution mode (item image effect execution mode pattern) of the item image effect D (IGEP-D) as a case where the character product announcement effect is not executed (step 027 SHS135). For example, as shown in FIG. 8-10(H), the effect control CPU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP1" to 20%, and the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2".
74%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP3" 4%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP4" 2%, item image effect execution mode pattern "IG
EGP5” is determined at a rate of 0%.

Following step 027SHS134 or step 027SHS135, C for effect control
The PU 120 sets the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect B (IGEP-D) determined at step 027SHS134 or step 027SHS135 (step 027SHS136). Then, this flowchart ends.

FIGS. 8-16 to 8-20 are diagrams showing examples of rendering operations related to the characteristic part 027SH. Specifically, Figures 8-16 to 8-20 show examples of major scenes in the example shown in Figure 8-12 (A), and Figure 8-16 (A) → Figure 8-16 (B) → Figure 8-16 (C
) → Figure 8-17 (A) → Figure 8-17 (B) → Figure 8-17 (C) → Figure 8-18 (A) → Figure 8
-18 (B) → Figure 8-18 (C) → Figure 8-19 (A) → Figure 8-19 (B) → Figure 8-19 (
C)→FIG. 8-20(A)→FIG. 8-20(B)→FIG. 8-20(C).

FIG. 8-16(A) shows a scene of reach in the variable display. Figure 8-16 (B)
is the scene that developed into super reach (the scene of T1 in Figure 8-11). Figure 8-16 (C
) is the beginning scene of the super reach effect (the scene immediately after T1 in FIG. 8-11).

FIG. 8-17 (A) shows a scene where an item image display suggestion effect using item image display suggestion display 027 SHIGA-SHI that suggests whether item image A is displayed (
8-11 and 8-12 (A), the scene just before T2). In other words, C for production control
Immediately before the display timing (T2) of the item image A, the PU 120 executes an item image display suggestion effect using the item image display suggestion display 027SHIGA-SHI that suggests whether the item image A will be displayed. Note that the effect control CPU 120 similarly executes an item image display suggestion effect that suggests whether each item image is to be displayed immediately before the display timing of other item images such as the item image B or the like.

FIG. 8-17(B) is a scene (FIGS. 8-11 and 8-12 (A) T2 scene).

In addition, an item image display suggestion display 027SH that suggests whether the item image A is displayed
Regarding the relationship between IGA-SHI and item image A, item image display suggestion display 027S
When HIGA-SHI is displayed, item image A may be displayed and item image A may not be displayed. Further, the item image A may always be displayed when the item image display suggestion display 027SHIGA-SHI is displayed. Further, the item image A may be displayed when the item image display suggestion display 027SHIGA-SHI is not displayed. Also, item image display suggestion display 027 SHIGA-SHI is displayed more
The item image A may be displayed more easily than when SHIGA-SHI is not displayed. In addition, there are multiple types of item image display suggestion display 027SHIGA-SHI, and the ratio of whether or not item image A is displayed depends on which type of item image display suggestion display 027SHIGA-SHI is displayed. It can be different. Item image display suggestion display 027 SHIGB-SH suggesting whether item image B is displayed
I and item image B, item image display suggestive display 027SHIGC-SHI suggesting whether item image C is displayed, relationship between item image C and item image display, item image display suggesting whether item image D is displayed The relationship between the suggestive display 027SHIGD-SHI and the item image D is the same.

FIG. 8-17 (C) shows a scene in which an item image change suggestion effect using item image change suggestion display 027 SHIGA-HEN, which suggests whether the display mode of item image A will change (FIGS. 8-11 and This is the scene just before T6 in FIG. 8-12(A)). That is, immediately before the item image A change timing (T6), the effect control CPU 120 displays the item image change suggestion display 027SHIGA-H that suggests whether the display mode of the item image A will change.
Execute item image change suggestive effect using EN. In addition, the production control CPU 120
Immediately before the change timing of other item images such as item image B, an item image change suggesting effect is similarly executed to suggest whether the display mode of each item image will change.

FIG. 8-18(A) is a scene (scene of T6 in FIGS. 8-11 and 8-12(A)) in which the item image effect A has changed to the second display mode (level 2).

Note that the item image change suggestion display 0 that suggests whether the display mode of the item image A will change
Regarding the relationship between 27SHIGA-HEN and item image A, when the item image change suggestion display 027SHIGA-HEN is displayed, there are cases where the display mode of item image A changes and cases where the display mode of item image A does not change. You may do so. again,
The display mode of the item image A may always change when the item image change suggestion display 027SHIGA-HEN is displayed. In addition, item image change suggestion display 027S
The display mode of the item image A may change when HIGA-HEN is not displayed. Further, the display mode of the item image A may be changed more easily when the item image change suggesting display 027SHIGA-HEN is displayed than when the item image change suggesting display 027SHIGA-HEN is not displayed. In addition, there are a plurality of types of item image change suggesting display 027SHIGA-HEN, and whether or not the display mode of item image A changes depending on which type of item image change suggesting display 027SHIGA-HEN is displayed is determined. Different ratios may be used. Item image change suggestion display 027SHIGB-HEN suggesting whether the display mode of item image B will change and item image B
relationship between item image change suggestion display 027 SHIGC-HEN suggesting whether the display mode of item image C changes and item image C, item image change suggestion suggesting whether the display mode of item image D changes Display 027 SHIGD-HEN and item image D
The same is true in relation to

FIG. 8-18(B) shows an item image change suggesting display 027SHIGA-HEN that suggests whether the display mode of item image A will change, similar to the scene in FIG. 8-17(C). is being performed (the scene immediately before T10 in FIGS. 8-11 and 8-12 (A)). FIG. 8-18(C) is a scene (scene of T10 in FIGS. 8-11 and 8-12(A)) in which the item image effect A has changed to the third display mode (level 3).

FIG. 8-19 (A) shows a cut-in notice effect (
YEP-A1, YEP-A2) is executed (started). This is the scene immediately before T14 in A). That is, the production control CPU 120
Immediately before the execution start timing (T14) of the fanning effect for inciting whether to execute the cut-in notice effect, the fanning effect start display 027SHIGA-KAI is displayed. In addition, CPU1 for production control
At 20, just before the execution start timing of the fanning effect for inciting whether to execute another notice effect such as a group notice effect, similarly, the fanning effect start display indicating that each fan effect is to be executed (started) is displayed. indicate.

Figures 8-19 (B) to 8-20 (B) show a scene in which the inciting effect 027 SHIGA-AO is being performed (Fig. 8-11 and scenes from T14 to T15 in FIG. 8-12(A)). Figure 8-19 (
B) ~ In the example of Fig. 8-20 (B), the execution start timing of the cut-in notice effect (T14)
A countdown display 027 SHIGA-AO that counts down until the end of the season is used to create an exciting effect. In other words, the effect control CPU 120 executes a fanning effect to prompt whether or not to execute the cut-in notice effect immediately before the execution start timing (T14) of the cut-in notice effect. Note that the effect control CPU 120 similarly executes an inciting effect to prompt whether or not to execute each of the advance notice effects immediately before the execution start timing of other notice effects such as the group notice effect.

FIG. 8-20 (C) shows a cut-in notice effect (
The scene where YEP-A1) is being performed, that is, the weak cut-in image 027SHYKE-JC
Scenes where I is displayed (scenes from T15 to T16 in Figures 8-11 and 8-12 (A))
is.

It should be noted that there is an inciting effect start display 027SHIGA-KAI indicating that an inciting effect to incite whether or not to execute a cut-in notice effect, which is a notice effect corresponding to the item image A, will be executed, and a notice effect corresponding to the item image A. Regarding the relationship with the fanning effect that incites whether to execute the cut-in notice effect, when the fanning effect start display 027 SHIGA-KAI is displayed,
There may be a case where the fanning effect is executed and a case where the fanning effect is not executed. again,
When the hype effect start display 027SHIGA-KAI is displayed, the hype effect may always be executed. In addition, there may be a case where the fanning effect is executed when the fanning effect start display 027SHIGA-KAI is not displayed. In addition, the start display 027SH of the fanning production
When IGA-KAI is displayed, it may be easier to execute the stirring effect than when the stirring effect start display 027 SHIGA-KAI is not displayed. In addition, the start display 0
There are multiple types of 27SHIGA-KAI, and which type of start display 027S
Depending on whether or not HIGA-KAI is displayed, the ratio of whether or not to execute the fanning effect may differ. A stirring effect start display 027 SHIGB-KAI indicating that a stirring effect is to be executed to incite whether or not to execute a group preview effect that is a preview effect corresponding to the item image B, and a group preview effect that is a preview effect corresponding to the item image B. button, which is a notice effect corresponding to the item image C, and the start display 027SHIGC-KAI indicating that the stimulus effect prompting whether to execute the button notice effect will be executed, and the item Image C.
The relation with the inciting effect to incite whether to execute the button inciting effect, which is the inciting effect corresponding to the item image D, and the inciting effect inciting whether to execute the role object inciting effect, which is the inciting effect corresponding to the item image D. The same applies to the relationship between the hype effect start display 027 SHIGD-KAI shown and the hype effect for inciting whether or not to execute the character announcement effect, which is the advance notice effect corresponding to the item image D.

In addition, regarding the relationship between the inciting effect to incite whether or not to execute the cut-in notice effect, which is the notice effect corresponding to the item image A, and the cut-in notice effect, which is the notice effect corresponding to the item image A, the inciting effect was executed. In some cases, there may be cases where the cut-in notice effect is executed and cases where the cut-in notice effect is not executed (see FIG. 8-12(B)). Also, when the fanning effect is executed, the cut-in notice effect may always be executed.
Also, the cut-in announcement effect may be executed when the fanning effect is not executed. Also, the cut-in notice effect may be executed more easily when the fan effect is executed than when the fan effect is not executed. In addition, there are a plurality of types of fanning effects, and the ratio of whether or not to execute the cut-in notice effect may differ depending on which type of fanning effects has been executed. The relationship between the inciting effect to incite whether or not to execute the group notice effect, which is the notice effect corresponding to the item image B, and the group notice effect, which is the notice effect corresponding to the item image B, and the notice effect corresponding to the item image C. The relationship between the inciting effect to incite whether to execute the button advance notice effect and the button advance notice effect as the advance notice effect corresponding to the item image C, and to incite whether to execute the role announcement effect as the advance notice effect corresponding to the item image D. The same applies to the relationship between the fanning effect and the character object preview effect that is the preview effect corresponding to the item image D.

FIGS. 8-21 to 8-30 are diagrams showing examples of rendering operations related to the characteristic part 027SH. Specifically, FIGS. 8-21 to 8-30 show examples of the main scenes in the example shown in FIG. 8-13(A). 8-21 (B) → Figure 8-21 (C
) → Figure 8-22 (A) → Figure 8-22 (B) → Figure 8-22 (C) → Figure 8-23 (A) → Figure 8
-23 (B) → Fig. 8-23 (C) → , …, Fig. 8-29 (A) → Fig. 8-29 (B) → Fig. 8-
29(C)→FIG. 8-30(A)→FIG. 8-30(B)→FIG. 8-30(C).

FIG. 8-21(A) shows a scene where an item image display suggestion effect using item image display suggestion display 027 SHIGA-SHI, which suggests whether item image A is displayed (
This is the scene just before T2 in Figure 8-11). FIG. 8-21(B) is a scene (T2 scene in FIG. 8-11) where execution of item image effect A has started (that is, display of item image 027SHIGALV1 in the first display mode (level 1) has started). is.

FIG. 8-21(C) shows a scene where an item image display suggestion effect is performed using the item image display suggestion display 027 SHIGB-SHI that suggests whether item image B is displayed (
This is the scene just before T3 in Figure 8-11). FIG. 8-22(A) is a scene (T3 scene in FIG. 8-11) in which execution of the item image effect B is started (that is, the display of the item image 027SHIGBLV1 in the first display mode (level 1) is started). is.

FIG. 8-22(B) shows a scene where an item image display suggestion effect is performed using an item image display suggestion display 027 SHIGC-SHI that suggests whether item image C is displayed (
This is the scene just before T4 in Figure 8-11). FIG. 8-22(C) is a scene (T4 scene in FIG. 8-11) where execution of the item image effect C is started (that is, the display of the item image 027SHIGCLV1 in the first display mode (level 1) is started). is.

FIG. 8-23(A) shows a scene where an item image display suggestion effect is performed using an item image display suggestion display 027 SHIGD-SHI that suggests whether the item image D is displayed (
This is the scene just before T5 in Figure 8-11). FIG. 8-23(B) is a scene (scene of T5 in FIG. 8-11) where execution of the item image effect D has started (that is, display of the item image 027 SHIGDLV1 in the first display mode (level 1) has started). is.

FIG. 8-23(C) shows a scene in which an item image change suggestion effect is performed using the item image change suggestion display 027SHIGA-HEN, which suggests whether the display mode of item image A will change (Fig. 8-11 The scene just before T6). FIG. 8-24(A) shows a scene (T6 scene in FIG. 8-11) in which the item image effect A has changed to the second display mode (level 2).

FIG. 8-24(B) shows a scene in which an item image change suggestion effect using item image change suggestion display 027 SHIGB-HEN, which suggests whether the display mode of item image B will change (see FIG. 8-11 The scene just before T7). FIG. 8-24(C) is a scene (scene of T7 in FIG. 8-11) in which the item image rendering B has changed to the second display mode (level 2).

FIG. 8-25(A) shows a scene in which an item image change suggestion effect using item image change suggestion display 027 SHIGC-HEN, which suggests whether the display mode of item image C will change (see FIG. 8-11 The scene just before T8). FIG. 8-25(B) is a scene (T8 scene in FIG. 8-11) in which the item image rendering C has changed to the second display mode (level 2).

FIG. 8-25(C) shows a scene in which an item image change suggestion effect is performed using the item image change suggestion display 027 SHIGD-HEN that suggests whether the display mode of the item image D will change (see FIG. 8-11 The scene just before T9). FIG. 8-26(A) is a scene (scene of T9 in FIG. 8-11) in which the item image rendering D does not change.

FIG. 8-26(B) shows a scene in which an item image change suggestion effect using item image change suggestion display 027 SHIGD-HEN, which suggests whether the display mode of item image D will change (see FIG. 8-11 The scene just before T13). FIG. 8-26(C) is a scene (scene of T13 in FIG. 8-11) in which the item image effect D does not change. Note that the item image effect C is changed to the third display mode (level 3) in the scene (scene of T12 in FIG. 8-11) before the scene of 9-26(C).

FIG. 8-27 (A) shows a cut-in notice effect (
YEP-A1, YEP-A2) is executed (started). This is the scene immediately before T14 in A).

FIG. 8-27(B) shows a scene in which the inciting effect 027 SHIGA-AO is being performed to prompt whether or not to execute the cut-in notice effect, which is the notice effect corresponding to the item image A (FIGS. 8-11 and 8-13). (A) scene from T14 to T15). FIG. 8-27(C) is a scene in which a cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1), which is a notice effect corresponding to item image A, is being performed, that is, a scene in which a weak cut-in image 027SHYKE-JCI is displayed. (Figure 8-1
1 and scenes from T15 to T16 in FIG. 8-13(A)).

FIG. 8-28(A) shows a group notice effect (YEP-
B) is to be executed or not. Inciting effect start display 02 indicating that the inciting effect is to be executed (started).
Scene displaying 7SHIGB-KAI (T17 in Figure 8-11 and Figure 8-13 (A)
The scene just before).

FIG. 8-28(B) shows a scene in which the inciting effect 027 SHIGB-AO is being performed (FIGS. 8-11 and 8-
13 (A) scene from T17 to T18). FIG. 8-28(C) shows a scene in which the group announcement effect, which is the announcement effect corresponding to the item image B, is being performed, that is, the group image 027SHYKE.
This is the scene where -GN is displayed (scenes from T18 to T19 in FIGS. 8-11 and 8-13(A)).

FIG. 8-29(A) shows a button announcement effect (YE
P-C1, YEP-C2) is executed (started).
-13 (A) just before T20).

FIG. 8-29(B) shows a scene in which the hype effect 027 SHIGC-AO is being performed (FIGS. 8-11 and 8-13 ( This is the scene from T20 to T21 in A). Figure 8-29(C) to Figure 8-30(A)
is a scene where the button announcement effect (YEP-C1), which is the announcement effect corresponding to the item image C, is being performed, that is, the button image 027SHYKE-BU is displayed, and the push button 3
This is a scene where a weak cut-in image 027SHYKE-JCI is displayed as an example after the operation of 1B (scenes from T21 to T22 in FIGS. 8-11 and 8-13(A)).

FIG. 8-30(B) shows a character announcement effect (YEP
-D) is to be executed or not.
Scene displaying 27SHIGD-KAI (T2 in Figures 8-11 and 8-13 (A)
3).

FIG. 8-30(C) shows a scene in which the inciting effect 027 SHIGD-AO is being performed (FIGS. 8-11 and 8
-13 (A) T23-T24 scene). It should be noted that the character object announcement effect, which is the announcement effect corresponding to the item image D, is not performed after the fanning effect (see FIG. 8-13(A)).

In addition, in the examples of FIGS. 8-16 to 8-30, each item image display suggestion display (027SHIGA-SHI, 027SHIGB-SHI, 027SHIGA-SHI, 027SHIGB-SHI, 027
SHIGC-SHI, 027SHIGD-SHI) are common, but may be different for each item image. In addition, each of the fanning productions (027SHIGA-AO,
027SHIGB-AO, 027SHIGC-AO, 027SHIGD-AO) are common, but may be different for each advance notice effect (that is, for each item image). Incentive effect start display (027SHIGA-KAI, 0
27SHIGB-KAI, 027SHIGC-KAI, and 027SHIGD-KAI) are common, but they may be different depending on which of the advance notice effects is started (that is, for each item image).

(Suggest setting value)
Next, suggestions for setting values (see FIGS. 8-2(A) and 8-2(B)) will be described with reference to FIGS. 8-31 and 8-32. The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 027SH suggests the currently set setting value using the item image effect (for example, using the item image). For example, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the feature part 027SH is shown in FIGS. 8-31 (A) and 8-31 (B)
, a display mode of the fourth display mode (level 4) is provided as the display mode of the item image D in the item image effect D, and the item image D of the fourth display mode is displayed. You may suggest the set value which is set.

(first example)
For example, as shown in FIG. 8-31(C), the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → execution of the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) (operation of the movable body 027SH32), and the transition. In addition, (regardless of the result of hit or miss), it may be suggested that the set value currently set is high (for example, a set value of 4 or more).

(Second example)
For example, as shown in FIG. 8-31(D), when the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) → miss, the currently set A high setting (for example, a setting value of 4 or more) may be suggested for the current setting value.

(Third example)
For example, as shown in FIG. 8-31(E), when the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → no execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) (no movement of the movable body 027SH32) (
Regardless of whether it is a hit or miss result, it may be suggested that the currently set setting value is high (for example, a setting value of 4 or more).

(Fourth example)
For example, as shown in FIG. 8-31 (F), when the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → no execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) → failure, the currently set A high setting (for example, a setting value of 4 or more) may be suggested for the current setting value.

(Fifth example)
Also, although illustration is omitted, when the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → disappears (regardless of whether or not the character announcement effect (YEP-D) is executed), the currently set A high setting (for example, a set value of 4 or more) may be suggested for the set value.
(Display timing of the fourth display mode (level 4))

In the first example (the second to fourth examples may also be the same), the display timing of the item image D in the fourth display mode is not particularly limited (that is, it is displayed from the beginning). Alternatively, it may be displayed by changing from another display mode), but as an example, the display period may be lengthened so as to be easily recognized by the player. Specifically, Figure 8-32 (A
), the first (
The item image D in the fourth display mode may be displayed from T5) in FIG. 8-11. In addition, Figure 8-
32(A), the fourth display mode is generally a golden color that allows the player to recognize that the win is confirmed or high, but there is a possibility that the item image D will be lost after the item image D is displayed in the fourth display mode. If it is not zero (for example, in the case of the second example, etc.), the fourth display mode may be a color or pattern other than gold.

(An example of the determination ratio of the first example)
In the case of the first example, as the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of the item image effect D (IGEP-D) in the case of executing the role announcement effect (YEP-D),
Instead of the determination ratio shown in FIG. 8-10 (G), use the determination ratio as shown in FIG. As a determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern of D (IGEP-D), Fig. 8-1
Instead of the determination ratio shown in 0(H), a determination ratio as shown in FIG. 8-32(C) may be used. That is, the effect control CPU 120 is step 027SH in FIG. 8-15.
When executing the process of S134, the item image effect execution mode pattern is determined at the ratio shown in FIG.
The item image effect execution mode pattern may be determined at the ratio shown in C).

In other words, there is no transition from the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode to the non-execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) (see FIG. 8-32(C)), but the item image in the fourth display mode There is a case where there is a transition from the display of D to the execution of the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) (the movement of the movable body 027SH32 is present) (see FIG. 8-32 (B)), and the item image in the fourth display mode. There is a setting difference in the transition from the display of D to the execution of the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) (Fig. 8
-32(B)). In the example shown in FIG. 8-32(B), the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP6" is 1 when the current setting value is any of the setting values 1 to 3.
%, and if the current set value is one of set values 4 to 6, it is determined at a rate of 15%.

According to the example shown in FIG. 8-32(B), display of the item image D in the fourth display mode→execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) occurs when the setting value is 1-3. setting value 4-6 is more frequent than That is, according to the example shown in FIG.
or less), when the setting is high (for example, the setting value is 4 or more), the transition from the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode to the execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) is performed. will do more often. Therefore, the transition (or the frequent transition) from the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode to the execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) means that the setting value currently set is high. This suggests that the setting is (for example, a set value of 4 or more).

The example shown in FIG. 8-32 (B) is super reach A (variation pattern # 13, # 1
7) Even in the case of super reach B (variation patterns #14 and #18), when the character effect is executed, the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGE
GP6" can be determined (if it is any of the setting values 1 to 3, it is determined at a rate of 1%, and if it is any of the setting values 4 to 6, it is determined at a rate of 15%. However, the item image effect execution mode pattern “IGEGP6” may be determined only when the character effect is executed in the case of super reach B (in the case of super reach A, the character effect is If executed, item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP6"
may not be determined). That is, in the case of super reach B, display of item image D in the fourth display mode → execution of role announcement effect (YEP-D) (movable body 02
7SH32 with action), while there is a setting difference in the transition to Super Reach A, the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → the character announcement effect (YEP-
There may be no setting difference between D) being executed (movable body 027SH32 being operated) and transitioning.

(An example of the determination ratio of the second example)
In the case of the second example, for example, the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) (operation of the movable body 027SH32) → big hit. There is no setting difference in , but the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → the character announcement effect (YEP-D
) is executed (the movable body 027SH32 is operated)→off. For example, in the case of a super ready-to-win jackpot, the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP6" when the character effect is executed is set to a set value of 1
6 common (for example, 20%), while setting the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP6" when the character effect is executed when the super reach is lost is set to the case of setting values 1 to 3 It may be different for values 4 to 6 (for example, setting values 1 to 3
1%, and 10% if any of the set values 4 to 6).

In addition, in the case of super reach B, the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode →
There is a setting difference in the transition from execution of the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) (movement of the movable body 027SH32) to failure, while in the case of super reach A, the fourth display mode Display of item image D → Execution of role announcement effect (YEP-D) (movable body 02
There may be no setting difference in the transition from 7SH32 operation present)→off.

(An example of the determination ratio of the third example)
In the case of the third example, for example, there is no setting difference in the transition from the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode to the execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D). There may be a setting difference in the transition from the display of the item image D in the display mode to the non-execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D). For example, the decision ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP6" when the character effect is executed is common to the set values 1 to 6 (for example, 10%), while the item image effect when the character effect is not executed. The determination ratio of the execution mode pattern “IGEGP6” may be different between the setting values 1 to 3 and the setting values 4 to 6 (for example, the setting value 1
0.5% if the setting value is any one of .about.3, and 3% if the setting value is any one of 4.about.6).

(An example of the determination ratio of the fourth example)
In the case of the fourth example, for example, there is no setting difference in the transition of the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode → no execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) → the big hit, There may be a setting difference in the transition from the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode to the non-execution of the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) to the failure. For example, super reach jackpot (fluctuation pattern #
17, #18), the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern “IGEGP6” when the character object effect is not executed is set to the same setting value 1 to 6 (for example, 5%), while the super reach is off (variation pattern #13 , #14), the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP6" when the character object effect is not executed may be different between the setting values 1 to 3 and the setting values 4 to 6 (for example, , 0.5% if any of the set values 1 to 3, and 3% if any of the set values 4 to 6).

(An example of the determination ratio of the fifth example)
In the case of the fifth example, although details are omitted, for example, the item image D in the fourth display mode
Although there is no setting difference in the transition from the display of →the big hit, there may be a setting difference in the transition from the display of the item image D in the fourth display mode to the loss.

In the above description, an example of suggesting that the currently set setting value is set to a high value (for example, a setting value of 4 or more) has been described, but the target of the suggestion is not limited to the high setting. For example, negation of the lowest setting (set value 1) (set value 2 or more) may be suggested, or set values 1 to 6 may be suggested. In other words, in the above description, an example was explained in which setting values 1 to 3 and setting values 4 to 6 are divided into two and the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern is different. to 6, and the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern may be changed, or the setting values 1 to 6 are each divided into six, and the determination ratio of the item image effect execution mode pattern is set. can be different.

(Regarding Modified Example of Game Machine Related to Characteristic Part 027SH)
Next, modified examples in FIGS. 8-1 to 8-32 will be described.

(Modification 1 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, the order of the display start timing of each item image and the order of execution start timing of each advance notice effect corresponding to each item image have been explained. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-11 and the like, the display start timing of the item images A to D is changed from the display start timing of the item image A (T2) to the display start timing of the item image B (T3
) → display start timing of item image C (T4) → display start timing of item image D (T5). Execution start timing of the corresponding cut-in notice effect (T15)
→ Timing to start execution of group notice effect corresponding to item image B (T18) → Timing to start executing button notice effect corresponding to item image C (T21) → Timing to start execution of character object notice effect corresponding to item image D (T18) T24), and the order of display start timing of each item image and the order of execution start timing of each advance notice effect corresponding to each item image match. However, the order of display start timing of each item image and the order of execution start timing of each advance notice effect corresponding to each item image are
They do not have to match. For example, the items may be displayed in order of item image A→item image B, and may be executed in order of group announcement effect corresponding to item image B→cut-in announcement effect corresponding to item image A. Also, when item image A → item image B is displayed in order,
There may be a case where the cut-in announcement effect→the group announcement effect is executed, and a case where the group announcement effect→the cut-in announcement effect is executed in the order.

(Modification 2 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, an example in which the display start timing of each item image is individually different has been described. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-11 and the like, item image A is T1, item image B is T2,
Item image C is T3, and item image D is T4. However, the display start timing of each item image does not have to be different. For example, 4 of item images A to D
The display start timing of two types of item images out of the types may be simultaneous, the display start timing of three types out of the four types of item images may be displayed simultaneously, or the display start timing of four types of item images may be the same. may be displayed at the same time.

(Modification 3 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, an example was described in which the change timing of each item image to the second display mode (level 2) is individually different. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-11 and the like, the item image A is T6
, item image B is T7, item image C is T8, and item image D is T9. However, the timing at which each item image changes to the second display mode (level 2) does not have to be different. For example, two of the four types of item images A to D may be changed to the second display mode (level 2) at the same timing, or three of the four types of item images may be changed to the second display mode (level 2) at the same time. may be changed to the second display mode (level 2) at the same time, or all four types of item images may be changed to the second display mode (level 2) at the same time. The same applies to the change timing to the third display mode (level 3).

(Modification 4 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the example shown in FIGS. 8-11 and the like, the display mode when the item image A starts to be displayed is always the first display mode (level 1), but the display mode when the display is opened is the second display mode (level 1). 2) or the third display mode (level 3). Item image B, item image C, and item image D are the same. As described above, when there is a case where the item image D is in the fourth display mode (level 4), the display mode when the display is opened may be the fourth display mode (level 4).

(Modification 5 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above example, the display mode of the item image does not change at the timing after any of the advance notice effects are executed (that is, the timing at which the display state of the item image changes is the example), which is earlier than the For example, in the example shown in FIGS. 8-11, none of the item images change at the timing after the earliest cut-in announcement effect is executed (after T15). However, the display mode of the item image may be changed at the timing after one of the announcement effects is executed.

(Modification 6 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above example, the item image is not newly displayed at the timing after one of the notice effects is executed (that is, the item image display start timing is the timing earlier than any notice effect is executed example) was explained. For example, in the example shown in FIGS. 8-11, no item images are newly displayed at the timing after the earliest cut-in announcement effect is executed (after T15). However, the item image may be newly displayed at the timing after one of the announcement effects is executed.

(Modification 7 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, an example was explained in which the execution periods of one notice effect and another notice effect do not overlap, but the execution periods of one notice effect and another notice effect may overlap. In other words, the execution start timing of a certain notice effect → the execution start timing of another notice effect → the execution end timing of another notice effect → the execution end timing of a certain notice effect, or the execution start timing of a certain notice effect → other There may be a case where execution start timing of advance notice effect→execution end timing of certain advance notice effect→execution end timing of other advance notice effect.

(Modification 8 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, the item image and the notice effect are one-to-one, such as item image A and cut-in notice effect, item image B and group notice effect, item image C and button notice effect, item image D and role notice effect. An example of correspondence has been described. In other words, as shown in FIG. 8-11, what can be executed based on the item image A being deleted (used as an item) is the cut-in notice effect, and the item image B being deleted. A group foretelling effect can be executed based on this, a button foretelling effect can be executed based on the item image C being erased, and a button foretelling effect can be executed based on the item image D being erased. explained that it was a role preview production. However, the item image and the advance notice effect do not necessarily have a one-to-one correspondence relationship.

For example, for one item image (for example, item image X), multiple notice effects (
For example, a cut-in notice effect, a group notice effect) may be associated. When item image X is associated with cut-in notice effect and group notice effect, only cut-in notice effect is executed based on item image X being erased, and item image X is executed. There are cases where only the group announcement effect is executed based on the erasing of . Note that the cut-in notice effect and the group notice effect may be executed based on the deletion of the item image X.

Further, for example, one notice effect (for example, cut-in notice effect) may be associated with a plurality of item images (for example, item image X and item image Y). When the item image X and the item image Y are associated with the cut-in notice effect, the cut-in notice effect is executed based on the deletion of the item image X;
There are cases where the cut-in announcement effect is executed based on the deletion of the item image Y. In addition to the display mode of the item image when it is deleted, the rate at which the notice effect is executed may be varied according to the type of the item image to be deleted. In the above example, in addition to the display mode of item image X and item image Y when they are deleted, the cut-in notice effect is executed depending on whether item image X or item image Y is deleted. different percentages may be used.

Also, for example, a plurality of item images (eg, item image X, item image Y) may be associated with a plurality of notice effects (eg, cut-in notice effect, group notice effect). When item image X and item image Y are associated with cut-in notice effect and group notice effect, only cut-in notice effect is executed based on item image X being erased. , the case where only the group notice effect is executed based on the deletion of the item image X, the case where only the cut-in notice effect is executed based on the deletion of the item image Y, and the case where the item image Y is In some cases, only the group announcement effect is executed based on the erasure. Note that when the cut-in notice effect and the group notice effect are executed based on the deletion of the item image X, or when the cut-in notice effect and the group notice effect are performed based on the deletion of the item image Y. may be executed. In addition to the display mode of the item image when it is deleted, depending on the type of item image to be deleted, the rate at which the notice effect is executed and the rate at which the notice effect is executed may be changed. good.

(Modification 9 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above description, the item image can specify the corresponding advance notice effect at the time of display start, but the item image may not be able to specify the corresponding notice effect at the time of display start. For example, the item image A corresponding to the cut-in notice effect is displayed in a display mode (for example, solid color) in which the corresponding notice effect cannot be specified at the display start timing, and the corresponding notice effect is displayed at the change timing. may be changed from an unidentifiable display mode (for example, plain) to a display mode (first display mode, second display mode, etc.) in which the corresponding advance notice effect can be specified.

(Modification 10 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, an example in which multiple item images of the same type are not displayed has been described, but multiple item images of the same type may be displayed. For example, when two item images A in the first display mode (level 1) are displayed side by side, the item image A in the first display mode (level 1) and the item image A in the second display mode (level 2) may be displayed side by side. When N item images of a certain type are displayed, the advance notice effect corresponding to the item image is executed a maximum of N times.

(Modification 11 of characteristic portion 027SH)
Although the display mode of the item image changes in the above, the type of the item image does not change, but the type of the item image may also change. For example, the first display mode (level 1
) changes to the item image B of the first display mode (level 1), or when the item image A of the first display mode (level 1) changes to the item image of the second display mode (level 2) There may be cases where it changes to B. Note that when the type changes, such as when the item image A in the third display mode (level 3) changes to the item image B in the second display mode (level 2), the display mode is demoted (level 3 → level 2). There may be cases.

(Modification 12 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above description, there are four types of advance notice effects and four types of item images corresponding to the advance notice effects, but the number of item images and notice effects does not have to be four. For example, in relation to Modification 8 described above, there may be two types of item images and five types of advance notice effects, or five types of item images and two types of notice effects. Also, one type of item image and one type of advance notice effect may be used.

(Modification 13 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, an example is explained in which the timing of erasing an item image is the timing of execution of an inciting effect that agitates the advance notice effect corresponding to the item image, but the timing of erasing the item image is not limited to this. For example, the timing to delete the item image is
It may be the timing at which the announcement effect corresponding to the item image is executed. in short,
The item image may continue to be displayed during the execution period of the fanning effect, and may be erased at the start of execution of the foretelling effect (at the end of the fanning effect). Specifically, in FIG. 8-11, item image A is erased at T15 instead of T14, item image B is erased at T18 instead of T17, item image C is erased at T21 instead of T20, The item image D may be erased at T24 instead of T23.

(Modification 14 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, the item image A is erased at the start of the fan effect (T14 in FIG. 8-11), and during the execution period of the fan effect (T14 to T15 in FIG. 8-11) and during the period of the cut-in notice effect ( T15 to T16 in Figure 8-11) Example of not displaying (in the case of modification 13 described above, it is erased at the start of the cut-in notice effect (T15), and during the period of the cut-in notice effect (T15 in Figure 8-11) T1
5 to T16) are not displayed). That is, the item image A is erased by the start of the cut-in notice effect at the latest, and is not displayed during the cut-in notice effect. However, the item image A may be displayed during the cut-in notice effect period without being erased. In other words, the item image A may not be deleted even if it is used. The same applies to other item images (item image B, item image C, and item image D).

(Modification 15 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In relation to Modified Example 14 described above, if the used item image A is not erased, it may be possible to recognize that the used item image A has been used. For example, if the display mode of the item image A immediately before starting the fanning effect that fuels the cut-in notice effect is the second display mode (level 2) (the first display mode (level 1) or the third display mode (level 3)), at the start of the inciting effect that incites the cut-in notice effect, the second display mode (level 2) → the inciting effect execution mode (for example, the color is grayed down or monochrome, and the wording "Inciting effect is in progress" ”, etc.), and at the start of the cut-in notice effect, the stimulating effect execution mode → notice effect execution mode (for example, the color is grayed down or monochrome, and the wording “notice effect in progress” etc. is displayed). , at the end of the cut-in notice effect, the notice effect execution mode → the notice effect end mode (for example, a mode in which the color is grayed-down or monochrome, and the word "done" is displayed). That is, for the item image A, during the execution period of the fanning effect (from T14
T15) is set as the "enthusiastic effect execution mode", and during the execution period of the cut-in notice effect (T15 to T1
6) may be set as the "execution mode of notice effect", and after the end of the cut-in notice effect (from T16) may be set as "end mode of notice effect". The same applies to other item images (item image B, item image C, and item image D).

In addition, if the cut-in notice effect is not executed after the fanning effect, at the timing of starting the execution of the cut-in notice effect, the fanning effect execution mode → the notice effect non-execution mode (for example, the color is grayed down or monochrome, and the wording It is also possible to adopt a mode in which "effect is not executed" or the like is displayed. In other words, for the item image A, during the execution period of the fanning effect (T14-T15), it may be set to the "enthusiastic effect execution mode", and after the end of the fanning effect (T15-), it may be set to the "notice effect non-execution mode". The same applies to other item images (item image B, item image C, and item image D).

The manner in which the fanning effect is executed may be common regardless of the type of item image. For example, it may be displayed in a plain color, with the words "inviting", or the like. The foretelling effect execution mode, the foretelling effect end mode, and the foretelling effect non-execution mode may also be common regardless of the type of item image.

Note that, instead of the above, the mode of execution of the fanning effect may correspond to the type of the item image. For example, the colors may be grayed down, or the words "inviting effect" may be displayed within the range where the pattern (see FIGS. 8-9) corresponding to the type of item image can be recognized. The foretelling effect execution mode, the foretelling effect end mode, and the foretelling effect non-execution mode may also be common regardless of the type of item image.

(Modification 16 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, an example of executing the notice effect after the execution of the fan effect (an example of executing the fan effect before the execution of the notice effect) was explained, but it is not necessary to execute the notice effect after the execution of the fan effect (notice effect It is not necessary to perform the inciting effect before the execution of ). That is, after the item image is used, the notice effect may be executed without executing the fan effect.

(Modification 17 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above description, the item image effect (item image display) and the notice effect are executed during the super ready-to-win effect, but the item image effect and the notice effect may be executed during other periods. For example, the flow may be: start variable display → start display of item image A → reach → erase item image A → execute cut-in notice effect, or start variable display → start display of item image A → reach → super reach. → Delete item image A → Execute cut-in notice effect, or start variable display → Reach → Start display of item image A → Delete item image A → Execute cut-in notice effect. The flow may be: start of variable display→ready→start of display of item image A→development to super reach→erasure of item image A→execution of cut-in notice effect.

(Modification 18 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, the item image effect (display of the item image) and the notice effect are executed during one variation, but the item image effect and the notice effect may be executed over a plurality of changes.

For example, during one fluctuation, all the necessary item images (item images decided to be displayed) are displayed, and after the next fluctuation, all the displayed item images are erased. It is also possible to execute all of the advance notice effects (the notice effects determined to be executed). For example, display of item image A, item image B, and item image C is started at the first variation → during the variation after some variation (for example, during any variation of the second to fourth variation), the item image A, The flow is such that the item images B and C are all erased (each item image can be changed between display start and disappearance) and the required advance notice effect is executed.

Also, for example, during a certain variation, all necessary item images (item images determined to be displayed) are displayed, and over a plurality of variations, the item images being displayed are sequentially erased to produce the required advance notice ( It is also possible to sequentially execute the advance notice effect determined to be executed. for example,
Display of item image A, item image B, and item image C is started in the first variation, and item image A is erased in the first variation (item image A can be changed between the start of display and deletion), and the required advance notice effect is performed. Execute (cut-in notice effect) → Delete item image B in 2nd change (Item image B can change between display start and disappear) and execute necessary notice effect (group notice effect) → 3rd change The flow of deleting the item image C (the item image C can be changed between display start and deletion) and executing the necessary notice effect (button notice effect), or the item image A, the item image B, the item Start displaying image C → Delete item image A at the second change (item image A can change between display start and deletion) and execute the necessary notice effect (cut-in notice effect) → Item image at the third change Delete B (item image B can be changed between display start and deletion) and execute the necessary notice effect (group notice effect) → Delete item image C at the 4th change (item image C can be changed between display start and deletion) ) and execute the necessary notice effect (button notice effect).

Also, for example, the necessary item images (item images determined to be displayed) are sequentially displayed over a plurality of fluctuations, and during another fluctuation after all the necessary item images have been displayed,
All of the item images being displayed may be erased, and all necessary notice effects (prediction effects determined to be executed) may be executed. For example, the display of the item image A is started in the first variation → the display of the item image B is started in the second variation → the item image C is started to be displayed in the third variation, and the 3
Item image A, item image B, and item image C are all erased at the time of change (each item image can be changed between display start and disappear), and the necessary notice effect is executed. Start displaying image A → Start displaying item image B in the second variation → Start displaying item image C in the third variation → Delete all item images A, B, and C in the fourth variation (each item image is changeable between display start and disappearance), and the necessary notice effect is executed.

In addition, for example, the required item images (item images determined to be displayed) are sequentially displayed over a plurality of fluctuations, and the item images being displayed are sequentially erased over a plurality of fluctuations to obtain the necessary advance notice. Effects (announcement effects whose execution has been determined) may be sequentially executed. for example,
It is necessary to start displaying item image A in the first variation → start displaying item image B in the second variation and delete item image A in the second variation (item image A can be changed between the start of display and deletion). Executes a notice effect (cut-in notice effect), erases item image B at the third change (item image B can change between display start and erase), and performs necessary notice effect (group notice effect)
For example, the item image A is displayed in the first variation → the item image B is displayed in the second variation → the item image A is deleted in the third variation (the item image A is displayed between the start and deletion ) and perform the necessary notice effect (cut-in notice effect), and at the 4th change, erase the item image B (item image B can be changed between display start and erasure) and perform the necessary notice effect ( It is the flow of executing the group announcement effect).

(Modification 19 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, the item image is determined in the variable display start setting process (step S171) (see FIGS. 7 and 8-14). good too. Variable display start setting process (step S17
1) In the mode in which the item image is determined, the item image is determined based on whether or not the announcement effect is executed and the variation pattern (see FIGS. 8-10), but the advance announcement setting process (step S161) When the item image is determined in , the item image may be determined based on the contents of the received pattern designation command or variable category designation command. In addition, a plurality of item images may be collectively determined in the pre-reading notice setting process at the time of one start winning, or one item image may be decided in the pre-reading notice setting process at the time of each start winning. . That is, one variation may be associated with a plurality of item images, or each variation may be associated with one item image.

(Modification 20 of characteristic portion 027SH)
In the above, after the item image is displayed, as an effect when using the item image, an example of executing a notice effect corresponding to the type of item image to be used was explained. There may be cases where a different type of advance notice effect is executed. For example, in the example shown in FIGS. 8-11, it is the cut-in notice effect that can be executed based on the item image A being erased, but the group notice effect is executed based on the item image A being erased. may be executed. Also, as an example related to modification 8,
When a plurality of notice effects (for example, cut-in notice effect, group notice effect) are associated with one item image (for example, item image X), the item image X is deleted based on There may be cases where an announcement effect (for example, character object announcement effect, etc.) different from the plurality of announcement effects (for example, cut-in announcement effect, group announcement effect) is executed. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a sense of surprise and improve his or her interest. In addition, in a mode in which a different type of notice effect from the type of item image used may be executed, a different type of notice effect from the type of item image used is executed. In this case, the degree of expectation for a big hit may be higher than in the case of executing the advance notice effect corresponding to the type of item image used.

(Modification 21 of characteristic portion 027SH)
Suggestion of set values has been described with reference to FIGS. 8-31 and 8-32, but the suggestion of set values is not limited to this.

For example, in relation to Modification 1 described above, the order of the display start timings of the item images and the order of the execution start timings of the advance notice effects corresponding to the item images are determined at the ratio of determining whether or not to match. A setting difference may be provided, and a setting value may be suggested in relation to whether the order of the display start timing of the item image and the order of the execution start timing of the advance notice effect match. As an example, if the order of the display start timing of the item image and the order of the execution start timing of the notice effect are matched, the ratio is set to 95% when the setting is low (for example, 3 or less),
If the setting is high (for example, 4 or more), it is set to 85%. A high setting (for example, a setting value of 4 or more) may be suggested. In other words, the rule regarding the above order (in principle, the order is the same) is broken more frequently with high setting (5% with low setting, 15% with high setting), so the rule break (frequency of rule break) causes high setting. You may suggest.

In addition, in relation to the above-described modification 2, a setting difference is provided in the determination ratio of whether or not the display start timing of a plurality of item images is simultaneous, and the display start timing of a plurality of item images is related to whether the display start timing is simultaneous. and may suggest a set value. As an example, the percentage of simultaneous display start timings for multiple item images is set to 5% for low settings (e.g., 3 or less) and 15% for high settings (e.g., 4 or more). , matching of the change timings of a plurality of item images (or matching frequently) may indicate a high setting (for example, a set value of 4 or more). In other words, the rule regarding the display start timing (in principle, not at the same time) is broken more frequently with high setting (5% with low setting, 15% with high setting), so the rule break (frequency of rule break) A setting may be suggested. Similarly, in relation to Modification 3 described above, a setting difference is provided in the determination ratio of whether or not the change timings of a plurality of item images are simultaneous, and whether or not the change timings of a plurality of item images are simultaneous is determined. It may be related and suggest a setting value.

In addition, in relation to the above-described modification 4, setting differences are provided in the determination ratio of the display mode when the item image is displayed, and the set value is suggested in relation to the display mode when the item image is displayed. good too. As an example, the display mode at the start of displaying the item image is the first display mode (level 1) or the second display mode (level 2), and the ratio of the second display mode (level 2) is set to a low setting (for example, 3 or less), 3%, high setting (e.g., 4 or more), 9%, and the display mode at the start of displaying the item image is the second display mode (level 2). (Alternatively, the high frequency of the second display mode (level 2)) may suggest a high setting (for example, a set value of 4 or higher). In other words, the frequency with which the rule regarding the display mode when the item image is displayed (in principle, the first display mode (level 1)) is broken is higher with the high setting (3% with the low setting, 9% with the high setting), A high setting may be suggested according to rule violation (frequency of rule violation).

Also, the setting value may be suggested in the advance notice effect. For example, for strong cut-in images (Fig. 8-5 (B), etc.), normal strong cut-in images (appearance of characters A and B, etc.), special strong cut-in images (appearance of characters A, C, etc.) By preparing two types of strong cut-in images and providing a setting difference in the determination ratio of the types of strong cut-in images, the setting values may be suggested in the strong cut-in images. Specifically, for example, after deciding to execute a cut-in notice effect (YEP-A2) that displays a strong cut-in image, if the setting is low (for example, 3 or less), "normal strong cut-in image " is determined at a rate of 95% and "special strong cut-in image" at a rate of 5%, and if it is set to high (e.g., 4 or more),
A ratio of 80% for the “normal strong cut-in image” and 20% for the “special strong cut-in image” may be determined. In other words, a cut-in notice effect that displays a strong cut-in image (YEP-A2
), the display of the "special strong cut-in image" (or the frequent display of the "special strong cut-in image") must be set to a high setting (e.g., set value of 4 or more). may be suggested.

Further, for example, for group images (FIG. 8-5 (C), etc.), two types of group images, a normal group image (character A group) and a special group image (character B group), are prepared. A setting value may be suggested in the group images by providing a setting difference in the determination ratio of the type of . Specifically, for example, after it is decided to execute the group announcement effect (YEP-B), if the setting is low (for example, 3 or less), the "normal group image" is 95%, and the "special group image" is 95%. ” is determined at a rate of 5%, and if the setting is high (for example, 4 or more), the “normal group image” is 80%,
A "special group image" may be determined at a rate of 20%. In other words, in the group preview effect (YEP-B) for displaying the group images, the display of the "special group images" (or the frequent display of the "special group images") is a high setting. (For example, a set value of 4 or more) may be suggested.

Moreover, in super reach, you may make it suggest a setting value. For example, for super reach B (variation patterns #16, #18), normal super reach effects (battle effects in background 1, etc.), special super reach effects (battle effects, etc. in background 2)
By preparing two types of super ready-to-win productions and providing a setting difference in the determination ratio of the type of super ready-to-win production for super ready-to-win B, the set value may be suggested in the super ready-to-win production for super ready-to-win B. . Also, it may suggest a set value in relation to the jackpot. For example, for the start effect (fanfare effect) of the big win game state of the third big win (see FIG. 8-2), there are two types: normal fanfare effect and special fanfare effect.
By preparing different types of fanfare performances and setting differences in the determination ratio of the types of fanfare performances in the third big win, in the fanfare performance in the third big win,
A set value may be suggested.

Also, the item image may indicate that the setting value will be suggested later. For example, the item image may suggest that the setting value is suggested in the advance notice effect. As an example, if it is decided to display a "special strong cut-in image" that suggests a setting value, and if a cut-in notice effect is performed, the setting value is suggested in the cut-in notice effect is performed (e.g., the wording "
Notice with setting suggestions? , etc.) may be displayed. In other words, for the item image A in the above mode, it is uncertain whether or not the cut-in notice effect will be performed, but if the cut-in notice effect is performed, the cut-in notice effect will be a special strong cut-in image " is suggested to be displayed. As another example, when it is decided to display a "special strong cut-in image" in which the setting value is suggested, a mode suggesting that the setting value is suggested in the cut-in notice effect ( For example, the item image A may be displayed in a mode in which the text "Advance notice with setting suggestion!" In other words, the item image A in the above mode suggests that a cut-in forewarning effect is to be performed and a "special strong cut-in image" is to be displayed in the cut-in forewarning effect.

In addition, the advance notice effect shown in FIG. 8-4 may be a different effect, etc. You may make it suggest that suggestion is performed by an item image.

In addition, it is also possible to suggest that the setting value will be suggested later by means other than the item image. In other words, the item image may not suggest that setting values will be suggested later. For example, it may be suggested that the setting value is suggested in the advance notice effect by the fan effect of the advance notice effect. As an example, if it is decided to display a "special strong cut-in image" that suggests a setting value, and if a cut-in notice effect is performed, the setting value is suggested in the cut-in notice effect may be performed (for example, a mode in which a wording such as "Advance notice with setting suggestion?" is displayed in the vicinity of the countdown number) may be executed. In other words, in the above-described mode of fanning effect, it is uncertain whether or not the cut-in notice effect will be performed, but if the cut-in notice effect is performed, a "special strong cut-in image" will be displayed in the cut-in notice effect. It is suggested to display As another example, when it is decided to display a "special strong cut-in image" in which the setting value is suggested, a mode suggesting that the setting value is suggested in the cut-in notice effect ( For example, it is possible to execute a stimulating effect such as a mode in which words such as "notice with setting suggestions!" are displayed near the countdown numbers. In other words, the above-described mode of fanning effect suggests that a cut-in forewarning effect is to be performed and a "special strong cut-in image" is to be displayed in the cut-in forewarning effect.

It should be noted that it is also possible not to suggest at all that the setting value will be suggested later. in short,
Setting values may be suggested without suggesting anything in advance (without suggesting the item image, without suggesting anything other than the item image.

It should be noted that "suggestion of setting value" only makes the user recognize that there is a high possibility of a certain setting value (or a setting value within a certain range), and the fact that it is a certain setting value (or a setting value within a certain range). may not be definitely reported, and it may be definitely reported that it is a certain set value (or a set value within a certain range). For example, for a certain effect or a certain display, etc., by not deciding when it is a low setting (for example, set value 3 or less), the effect or display etc. can be set at high setting (for example, set value 4 or less) It will definitely notify you of something.

(Application to other equipment)
In the above, an example of application to a pachinko game machine has been described, but application to a slot machine is also possible. For example, in a certain state (for example, a state that is not in an advantageous state), periodically (for each fixed number of games, for each number of games within a predetermined range), it is determined whether to transition to another state (for example, an advantageous state) than normal. In a slot machine that draws lots with a high probability, in a period of high probability that periodically visits,
It is possible to execute multiple types of notice effects with different expectations of transitioning to another state, and in the period before the high probability period, an item image that can identify the type of notice effect to be executed is displayed. In addition to being displayable, the rate at which the type of advance notice effect specified by the item image is executed after the item image is displayed may differ depending on the display mode of the item image.

Alternatively, in a slot machine that draws with a high probability whether a first advantageous state (e.g., CZ, bonus game, etc.) transitions to a second advantageous state (e.g., AT state, ART state, etc.), the first Second period of advantageous state (for example, the second half of the first advantageous state period ~
In the period of the final stage), it is possible to execute a plurality of types of notice effects with different expectations of transition to the second advantageous state, and in the first period before the second period of the first advantageous state, It is possible to display an item image that can specify the type of the announcement effect to be executed, and after the item image is displayed according to the display mode of the item image, the announcement effect of the type specified by the item image is executed. Different ratios may be used.

(Description of means related to characteristic part 027SH)
(Means A1 related to characteristic part 027SH)
A gaming machine capable of playing a game (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1, a slot machine, etc.) is provided with an effect execution means (for example, effect control CPU 120, etc.) capable of executing an effect, and the effect execution means is , within a predetermined period (for example, T15-T16, T18-T1 shown in FIG. 8-11
9, T21-T22, T24-T25, the period before the lottery period with high probability, etc.)
It is possible to execute multiple types of advance notice effects (for example, multiple types of notice effects shown in FIG. 8-4), and a specific display that can specify the type of the notice effect to be executed (for example, 9
It is possible to execute a specific effect (for example, the item image effect shown in FIG. 8-8(A), etc.) in which multiple types of item images shown in (A) to (L) are displayed before the predetermined period. , and the rate at which content advantageous to the player is reported differs depending on the type of the advance notice effect executed within the predetermined period (for example, as shown in FIGS. 8-7 (A) to (F), The degree of expectation for a big hit is different), and after the specific display is displayed, there are times when the notice effect of the type specified by the specific display is executed and when it is not executed (for example, FIG. 8-10 (A ) (C)
(E) When the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" to "IGEGP5" for displaying the item image is determined when executing the notice effect of (G), the item image is specified by the item image after the item image is displayed. A type of advance notice effect is executed, and Fig. 8-10
(B) (D) (F) (H) When the item image effect execution mode pattern "IGEGP2" to "IGEGP5" for displaying the item image is determined when the advance notice effect is not executed, after the item image is displayed The type of notice effect specified by the item image is not executed), there are a plurality of display modes of the specific display (see, for example, FIGS. 8-9 (A) to (L)), and depending on the display mode of the specific display After the specific display is displayed, the forewarning effects corresponding to the specific display are executed at different rates (for example, FIG. 8-8(B), FIGS.
As shown in (H), the rate at which the announcement effect corresponding to the item image is executed after the item image is displayed differs depending on the display mode of the item image. Specifically, the rate at which the notice effect is executed is such that the display mode of the item image corresponding to the notice effect is the third display mode (level 3)>the display mode of the item image corresponding to the notice effect is the second display. Mode (Level 2)> The display mode of the item image corresponding to the advance notice effect is the first display mode (Level 1)).

According to the above gaming machine, since the ratio of execution of the advance notice effect corresponding to the specific display after the specific display is displayed differs depending on the display mode of the specific display, the player pays attention to the display mode of the specific display, Increased interest in gaming.

(Means A2 related to characteristic portion 027SH)
In the gaming machine of the above means A1, the specific display changes to a special mode corresponding to the execution period of the advance notice effect corresponding to the specific display (for example, the notice effect of the type specified by the specific display). Possible (for example, when executing a cut-in notice effect for item image A (T
15) can be changed to a "notice effect execution mode"), and the special mode of the specific display is common regardless of the type of the specific display (for example, common regardless of the type of item image) may

According to the gaming machine, it is possible to clearly notify that the advance notice effect corresponding to the specific display is being executed (that the item image is used). In addition, it is possible to clearly notify that the specific display corresponds to the foretelling effect being executed and which specific display is the specific display corresponding to the foretelling effect being executed.

(Means A3 related to characteristic part 027SH)
In the gaming machine of the above means A1 and A2, the specific display can be changed to a special mode after execution of the advance notice effect corresponding to the specific display (for example, the notice effect of the type specified by the specific display). (For example, the item image A may be changed to the "notice effect end mode" at the end of execution of the cut-in notice effect (T16)).

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to clearly notify that the announcement effect corresponding to the specific display has been executed (that the item image has been used). In addition, it is possible to clearly notify that the specific display corresponds to the executed advance notice effect and which specific display corresponds to the executed advance notice effect.

(Means A4 related to characteristic part 027SH)
In the gaming machine of the above means A1 to A3, as the specific effect, a plurality of types of specific displays can be displayed within a specific period prior to the predetermined period (for example, T2 to T2 shown in FIG. 8-11) Up to four types of item images can be displayed at T14, etc.), and each type of specific display may be displayed in any display mode (for example, in the scene of FIG. 8-26 (C), the item image A is displayed in the second display mode (level 2), item image B is displayed in the second display mode (level 2), and item image C is displayed in the third display mode (level 3).
, and the item image D is displayed in the first display mode (level 1)).

According to the gaming machine described above, since attention is paid to the display mode of each type of specific display, interest is enhanced.

(Means A5 related to characteristic portion 027SH)
The gaming machine of the above means A2 can execute the notice effect at a plurality of timings within the predetermined period (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-11, T15, T18, T21, T2
4), and the execution timing of the notice effect differs depending on the type of the notice effect (for example, as shown in FIGS. 8-11, cut The execution start timing of the in advance notice effect is T15, the execution start timing of the group notice effect is T18, the execution start timing of the button notice effect is T21, and the execution start timing of the character notice effect is T24. ), the timing at which the specific display becomes the special mode varies depending on the type of the advance notice effect corresponding to the specific display (for example, the notice effect specified by the specific display) (for example, the item image A
can be changed to the "notice effect execution mode" when the cut-in notice effect is executed (T15), and the item image B can be changed to the "notice effect execution mode" when the group notice effect is executed (T18), The item image C can be changed to the "notice effect execution mode" when the button notice effect is executed (T21), and the item image D can be changed to the "notice effect execution mode" when the character object notice effect is executed (T24).
, the timing at which the item image becomes the "previous effect execution mode" may vary depending on the type of the previous effect specified by the item image.

According to the gaming machine described above, since the execution timing of the notice effect corresponding to the specific display is different, it is possible to reduce the complication of the effect.

(Means A6 related to characteristic portion 027SH)
The gaming machine of the means A1 to A5 above displays when the specific display capable of specifying the type of the advance notice effect is displayed before execution of the one notice effect, and when the notice effect is performed before the one notice effect is executed. There are times when the specific display that can specify the type of effect is not displayed (for example, in the example of FIG. 8-13 (B), the item image B corresponding to the button notice effect is displayed before the button notice effect is executed However, the item image D corresponding to the character product announcement effect is not displayed before the performance of the character product announcement effect is performed), and the specific display corresponding to the announcement effect is displayed before the one announcement effect is performed. The rate at which contents advantageous to the player are announced differs between when the announcement effect is displayed and when the specific display corresponding to the announcement effect is not displayed before the execution of one of the announcement effects. B), as shown in FIGS. 8-10 (A) to (H), when the item image corresponding to the notice effect is displayed before the notice effect is executed, and when the notice effect is displayed before the notice effect is executed Since the execution ratio of the notice effect is different from when the corresponding item image is not displayed, when the item image corresponding to the notice effect is displayed before the notice effect is executed, the notice effect is displayed before the notice effect is executed. 8-7(A) to 8-7(F), the degree of expectation for a big hit may be different from when the item image corresponding to is not displayed.

According to the gaming machine described above, since attention is paid to the flow of the presentation, interest is enhanced.

(Means A7 related to characteristic part 027SH)
The gaming machine of the above means A1 to A6 can change the display mode of the specific display after displaying the specific display (see, for example, FIG. 8-8), and an effect suggesting a change in the display mode of the specific display (For example, an item image change suggestion effect using item image change suggestion display 027 SHIGA-HEN, which suggests whether the display mode of item image A will change, as shown in FIG. 8-17(C), etc.) may

According to the gaming machine described above, since attention is paid to whether the specific display changes, interest is improved.

(Means A8 related to characteristic portion 027SH)
The game machine of the above means A1 to A7 can execute variable display of identification information, and prefetch determination means (for example, effect control C
The pre-reading notice setting process (step S161) etc.) by the PU 120 is provided, and the predetermined period is
It is a period corresponding to a plurality of variable displays, and the specific display may be displayed based on the prefetch determination. For example, one variable display may be associated with a plurality of item images, or each variable display may be associated with one item image.

According to the gaming machine described above, the degree of interest in the variation to be executed later increases, and the interest increases.

(Means A9 related to characteristic portion 027SH)
The game machines of the above means A1 to A8 can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to the player,
Any set value can be set from a plurality of set values including an unfavorable set value and an advantageous set value that is more advantageous to the player than the unfavorable set value (for example, FIG. 8-2 (A) ( B) See)
and the setting value may be suggested in at least a part of the forewarning effects among the plurality of types. For example, for strong cut-in images (Fig. 8-5 (B), etc.), normal strong cut-in images (appearance of characters A and B, etc.), special strong cut-in images (character A,
By preparing two types of strong cut-in images such as the appearance of C) and providing a setting difference in the determination ratio of the type of strong cut-in image, the setting value may be suggested in the strong cut-in image. .

According to the gaming machine described above, in addition to whether or not the notice effect is executed after the specific display is displayed, attention is also paid to whether the set value is suggested in the notice effect displayed after the specific display is displayed, so interest is improved. .

(Means A10 related to characteristic portion 027SH)
The game machines of the above means A1 to A9 can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to the player,
Any set value can be set from a plurality of set values including an unfavorable set value and an advantageous set value that is more advantageous to the player than the unfavorable set value (for example, FIG. 8-2 (A) ( B) See)
and a setting suggestion effect suggesting the setting value can be executed, and the specific display may be displayed corresponding to the setting suggestion effect to be executed.

According to the gaming machine described above, in addition to whether or not the advance notice effect is to be executed, attention is also paid to the specific display regarding the indication of the set value, so interest is further enhanced. If there is no relationship between the item image effect in which the item image corresponding to the advance notice effect is displayed before the advance notice effect is executed and the setting suggestion effect in which the set value is suggested, there is a risk that the interest will be insufficient. In the above game machine, the item image effect may suggest execution of the setting suggesting effect, and since there is a relationship between the item image effect and the setting suggesting effect, interest is enhanced.

(Means A11 related to characteristic portion 027SH)
The game machines of the above means A1 to A9 can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to the player,
Any set value can be set from a plurality of set values including an unfavorable set value and an advantageous set value that is more advantageous to the player than the unfavorable set value (for example, FIG. 8-2 (A) ( B) See)
and it is possible to execute a setting suggesting effect suggesting the set value, and the specific display may be displayed corresponding to the preceding notice effect to be executed, while corresponding to the setting suggesting effect to be executed. You can also hide it by

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to prevent the effect from becoming complicated and suppress the decrease in interest. An item image effect that displays an item image corresponding to the notice effect before the execution of the notice effect,
If the setting-suggestion effect that suggests the set value is associated with the setting-suggestion effect, there is a risk that the effect will become complicated and the interest will decrease. Since the item image effect and the setting suggesting effect are independent of each other, it is possible to suppress a decrease in interest.

(Means A12 related to characteristic part 027SH)
The game machines of the above means A1 to A9 can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to the player,
Any set value can be set from a plurality of set values including an unfavorable set value and an advantageous set value that is more advantageous to the player than the unfavorable set value (for example, FIG. 8-2 (A) ( B) See)
, a setting suggestion effect suggesting the set value can be executed, and the setting suggestion effect may be executed as the specific display. For example, as shown in FIGS. 8-31 and 8-32, an item image D (level 4) may be used to suggest setting values.

According to the gaming machine described above, in addition to whether or not the advance notice effect is to be executed, attention is also paid to the specific display regarding the indication of the set value, so interest is further enhanced. If there is no relationship between the item image effect in which the item image corresponding to the advance notice effect is displayed before the advance notice effect is executed and the setting suggestion effect in which the set value is suggested, there is a risk that the interest will be insufficient. In the above game machine, since the item image effect is also a setting suggesting effect, interest is improved.

(Means A13 related to characteristic part 027SH)
The game machines of the above means A1 to A9 can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to the player,
Any set value can be set from a plurality of set values including an unfavorable set value and an advantageous set value that is more advantageous to the player than the unfavorable set value (for example, FIG. 8-2 (A) ( B) See)
A setting suggestion effect that suggests the set value can be executed, and the setting suggestion effect may be different from the advance notice effect and the specific display. For example, the set value may be suggested by the performance mode (for example, background) of the super ready-to-win performance, or the set value may be suggested by the start performance (fanfare performance) of the jackpot game state.

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to prevent the effect from becoming complicated and suppress the decrease in interest. If the notice effect and item image effect are associated with the setting suggesting effect, the effect may become complicated and the interest may be reduced. Because it is independent from the , it is possible to suppress the decline in interest.

(Description on Characteristic Portion 006SH)
Next, the game machine related to the characteristic portion 006SH will be described. The gaming machine related to the characteristic part 006SH is a gaming machine capable of playing games. In this embodiment, a pachinko game machine 1 capable of playing a game will be described as an example.

The pachinko game machine 1 according to the characteristic part 006SH includes game control means and effect execution means. Game control means is realized by the CPU 103 of the main substrate 11, for example. The effect execution means is realized by the effect control CPU 120 of the effect control board 12, for example. The effect executing means performs various effects (for example, various advance notice effects, present notice effects,
setting suggestion effect, etc.) can be executed.

The front view and the like of the pachinko game machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 006SH are the same as those of the pachinko game machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 027SH (see FIG. 8-2). However, for convenience of explanation, the movable body 027SH32 provided in the pachinko gaming machine 1 relating to the characteristic part 027SH is referred to as the movable body 006SH32 in the pachinko gaming machine 1 relating to the characteristic part 006SH.

The jackpot probability (low probability state) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 006SH is shown in FIG. 8-2 (A
) is the same as the jackpot probability (low probability state) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH shown in ). The jackpot probability (high probability state) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 006SH is shown in FIG.
It is the same as the jackpot probability (high probability state) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH shown in (B). Further, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 006SH may be provided with a small hit in the same manner as the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH. will be described assuming that no small win is provided.

The types of jackpots (jackpot types) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 006SH are shown in Fig. 8-2.
Type of jackpot (jackpot type) of pachinko gaming machine 1 according to characteristic portion 027SH shown in (C)
is similar to Also, the jackpot type distribution of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 006SH is the same as the jackpot type distribution of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 027SH shown in FIGS. 8-2 (D) and (E).

The content of the variation pattern of the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic part 006SH is variation pattern #1
Characteristic part 02 shown in FIG.
It is the same as the contents of the variation pattern of the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to 7SH. The determination ratio of the variation pattern of the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic part 006SH is the pachinko related to the characteristic part 027SH shown in FIG. It is the same as the determination ratio of the variation pattern of the gaming machine 1 .

FIG. 9-1 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the advance notice effect. FIG. 9-2 is an example of the advance notice effect. The pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 006SH can execute a plurality of types of advance notice effects as shown in FIG. 9-1. In addition, in this embodiment, each of the plurality of types of advance notice effects
It can be specified by the announcement effect pattern.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-A1” shown in FIG. 9-1 is the cut-in notice effect (display of weak cut-in image) shown in FIG. 8-4. 8-
Weak cut-in image 027SHYKE-JCI as shown in 5(A) (For convenience of explanation, weak cut-in image 006SHYKE-J
CI) is displayed. Note that when the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" and the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" to be described later are not distinguished (or collectively), they are referred to as the notice effect pattern "YEP-A".

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-A2” shown in FIG. 9-1 is the cut-in notice effect (display of strong cut-in image) shown in FIG. 8-4. 8-
Strong cut-in image 027SHYKE-KCI as shown in 5(B) (For convenience of explanation, strong cut-in image 006SHYKE-K
CI) is displayed.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern "YEP-B" shown in FIG. 9-1 is the group notice effect (display of group images) shown in FIG. 8-4. That is, the pachinko game machine 1 related to the characteristic part 006SH
, as a notice effect of the notice effect pattern "YEP-B", as shown in FIG.
A group image 027SHYKE-GN (for convenience of explanation, it will be referred to as a group image 006SHYKE-GN in the explanation of the pachinko game machine 1 relating to the characteristic portion 006SH) is displayed.

The announcement effect of the announcement effect pattern “YEP-C1” shown in FIG. 9-1 is the button announcement effect (button image display→pressing→weak cut-in image) shown in FIG. 8-4. That is, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 006SH has the button image 027SHYKE-BU (for convenience of explanation) as shown in FIGS. , button image 006SHY in the description of the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 006SH
KE-BU) and weak cut-in image 027SHYKE-JCI (weak cut-in image 006SHYKE-JCI) are displayed. The weak cut-in image displayed in the button announcement effect may be different from the weak cut-in image displayed in the cut-in announcement effect. In addition, the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" and the notice effect pattern "
YEP-C2” is not distinguished (or collectively), the notice effect pattern “YEP-C
”.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-C2” shown in FIG. 9-1 is the button notice effect (button image display→pressing→strong cut-in image) shown in FIG. 8-4. That is, the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic portion 006SH has button image 027SHYKE-BU (button image 006SHYKE) as shown in FIGS. -BU) and strong cut-in image 027SHYKE-KCI (strong cut-in image 006SHYKE-KCI) is displayed. The strong cut-in image displayed in the button announcement effect may be different from the strong cut-in image displayed in the cut-in announcement effect.

The announcement effect of the announcement effect pattern “YEP-D” shown in FIG. 9-1 is the character object announcement effect (character action) shown in FIG. 8-4. That is, the pachinko game machine 1 related to the characteristic part 006SH
moves the movable body 027SH32 (movable body 006SH32) as shown in FIGS.

The notice effect of the notice effect pattern “YEP-E” shown in FIG. 9-1 is a pseudo consecutive notice effect. The pachinko gaming machine 1 relating to the characteristic part 006SH executes, for example, pseudo-continuous notice effects as shown in FIGS. . In addition, in the examples shown in FIGS. 9-2 (A) (B) (C), the middle pattern (symbol display area 5
After the temporarily stopped symbol 006SH-REP is stopped (temporarily stopped) as the symbol corresponding to C), the middle symbol is re-variably displayed again.

FIGS. 9-2(D), (E) and (F) relate to other advance notice effects (advancement notice effects), which will be described later in detail. In the following description, the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 006SH uses the notice effect patterns "YEP-A" to "YEP-E" shown in FIG. 9-1 as the notice effect.
will be described as being executable.

FIGS. 9-3 and 9-4 are explanatory diagrams for explaining the determination ratio of the advance notice effect. Figure 9
-3(A) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the cut-in notice effect (display of a weak cut-in image or display of a strong cut-in image). According to the example shown in FIG. 9-3 (A), if the normal reach is missed (variation pattern # 12), execution is determined at a rate of 10%, and if the super reach is missed (variation pattern If either #13 or #14), execution is determined at a rate of 20%, and if it becomes a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern #16), execution is determined at a rate of 30%. , If it becomes a super reach jackpot (if it becomes either fluctuation pattern #17 or #18), 30% of execution
determined by the ratio of It should be noted that if the reach does not occur (if the variation pattern #10 or #11 occurs), execution is determined at a rate of 0% (it is determined not to be executed). It should be noted that the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the cut-in announcement effect is common to set values 1 to 6 (does not depend on the set value). The same applies to the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of other advance notice effects.

The pachinko machine 1 according to the characteristic part 006SH, when it is determined to execute the cut-in notice effect, the notice effect pattern ("YEP-A1", "YEP-A") related to the cut-in notice effect
2”). Fig. 9-3(B) shows the notice effect pattern of the cut-in notice effect when it is decided to execute the cut-in notice effect ("YEP-A1", "YEP-A2").
is an example of the determination ratio of According to the example shown in FIG. 9-3(B), when the normal reach is lost, the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" is determined at a rate of 100%, and the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is determined at a rate of 0%. determined by the ratio of If the super reach is lost, the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" is determined at a rate of 80%, and the notice effect pattern "YE"
PA2” is determined at a rate of 20%. In the case of a normal reach jackpot, the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" is determined at a rate of 50%, and the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is determined.
is determined at a rate of 50%. In the case of a super reach jackpot, the notice production pattern "
YEP-A1" is determined at a rate of 20%, and the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is determined at a rate of 80%. In addition, the determination ratio of the notice effect pattern of the cut-in notice effect is the set value 1
to 6 are common (independent of set values). The same applies to the determined proportions of the notice effect patterns of other notice effects.

FIG. 9-3(C) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the group announcement effect (display of the group image).
Since there is only one type of advance notice effect pattern related to the group notice effect (the notice effect pattern “YEP-B”), the pachinko machine 1 related to the characteristic part 006SH, when it is determined to execute the group notice effect, performs the group notice effect. The notice effect pattern "YEP-B" is determined as the relevant notice effect pattern.

Fig. 9-3 (D) shows the determination ratio of whether or not to execute the button announcement effect (button image display → press → weak cut-in image display, or button image display → press → strong cut-in image display). An example. FIG. 9-3(E) is an example of the determination ratio of the announcement effect patterns (“YEP-C1”, “YEP-C2”) related to the button announcement effect when it is decided to execute the button announcement effect.

FIG. 9-4(A) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the character object announcement effect (action of the character object).
Since there is only one type of advance notice effect pattern (the notice effect pattern “YEP-D”) related to the role notice effect, when the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic part 006SH decides to execute the role notice effect, the character The notice effect pattern "YEP-D" is determined as the notice effect pattern related to the notice effect.

FIG. 9-4(B) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the pseudo consecutive notice effect. Since there is only one type of notice effect pattern (notice effect pattern “YEP-E”) related to the pseudo consecutive notice effect, when the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic part 006SH decides to execute the pseudo consecutive notice effect,
The notice effect pattern "YEP-E" is determined as the notice effect pattern related to the pseudo consecutive notice effect.

FIGS. 9-5 and 9-6 are explanatory diagrams for explaining the present box presentation and the like.
The present box presentation is an image of an unopened present box (for example, FIG. 9-5 (
A) present box image 006SHPB-CL) is displayed, and then the opened present box image (for example, present box image 006SHPB-O in FIG. 9-5B) is displayed.
P) is displayed (that is, the present box is opened). In this embodiment, when the present box is opened (when the open present box image is displayed), FIG.
-3(E) - One of the advance notice effects is executed. There are multiple types of present box presentation patterns for the present box presentation depending on the type of presentation presentation that is executed when the present box is opened (that is, which presentation presentation presentation is to be executed can be specified by the present box presentation pattern. is). Since FIGS. 9-5(C) to 9-5(J) relate to another example, the details will be described later.

The present box effect pattern “PBP-A” is a present box effect in which a cut-in announcement effect is executed as shown in FIG. 9-6(A). In the example shown in FIG. 9-6(A), when the present box is opened, the item image corresponding to the cut-in notice effect (for example, the pachinko game related to the characteristic portion 027SH shown in FIG. 8-9(A), etc.) Item images A of machine 1 without "level" display, etc.) are displayed, and a cut-in notice effect is executed.

The present box effect pattern “PBP-B” is a present box effect in which a group advance notice effect is executed as shown in FIG. 9-6(B). In the example shown in Figure 9-6(B),
When the present box is opened, an item image corresponding to the group announcement effect (for example, FIG. 8-9 (
D), etc., in the item image B of the pachinko gaming machine 1 related to the characteristic portion 027SH, "
level" display, etc.) is displayed, and the group announcement effect is executed.

The present box effect pattern “PBP-C” is a present box effect in which a button announcement effect is executed as shown in FIG. 9-6(C). In the example shown in FIG. 9-6 (C), when the present box is opened, the item image corresponding to the button announcement effect (for example, the pachinko machine related to the characteristic portion 027SH shown in FIG. 8-9 (G), etc.) 1 item image C without "level" display, etc.) is displayed, and the button announcement effect is executed.

The present box effect pattern “PBP-D” is a present box effect in which a role announcement effect is executed as shown in FIG. 9-6(D). In the example shown in FIG. 9-6(D), when the gift box is opened, an item image (for example, FIG. 8-
9(J), etc., in the item image D of the pachinko gaming machine 1 relating to the characteristic portion 027SH, etc.) are displayed, and the role announcement effect is executed.

The present box effect pattern “PBP-E” is a present box effect in which a pseudo continuous advance notice effect is executed as shown in FIG. 9-6(E). In the example shown in FIG. 9-6 (E), when the gift box is opened, an item image corresponding to the pseudo consecutive notice effect (for example, "
An item image displaying "Re") is displayed, and a pseudo consecutive notice effect is executed.

As shown in FIGS. 9-5(A) and 9-6(A) to 9-6(E), an unopened present box image (present box image 006SHPB-CL) and an open present box The image (present box image 006SHPB-OP) is common regardless of the present box rendering pattern. In other words, the player does not know which announcement effect will be executed before the present box is opened in the present box effect.

FIG. 9-7 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the determination ratio of whether or not to execute the present box effect. Fig. 9-7(A) shows a present box presentation (present box presentation pattern "PBP-A") targeted for execution of the cut-in notice presentation (YEP-A). is an example of the determination ratio of whether or not to execute the Figure 9-7
According to (A), in the case of a loss, execution of the present box effect (PBP-A) is determined at a rate of 15%, and in the case of a big hit, the present box effect (PBP-A) is determined.
is determined at a rate of 90%. If the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) is not executed, the present box effect (PBP-A) is determined at a rate of 0% (
If the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) is not executed, the gift box effect (PB
PA) is not executed).

According to the example shown in FIG. 9-7(A), the present box effect (PBP-A) corresponding to the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) is executed before the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) is executed. When the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) is executed before the cut-in notice effect (
A big hit is more likely to occur than when the present box presentation (PBP-A) corresponding to YEP-A) is not executed. That is, for example, according to the example shown in FIG. 9-7(A), in most cases (85%), cut-in notice effect ( YEP-A) is executed, whereas in the case of a big hit, cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) is executed along with present box effect (PBP-A) in most cases (90%). Therefore, when the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) is executed with the execution of the present box effect (PBP-A), it is better to cut without the execution of the present box effect (PBP-A). A big win is more likely to occur than when the in-notice effect (YEP-A) is executed.

Fig. 9-7(B) shows a present box effect (present box effect pattern "PBP-B
”) is an example of the determination ratio of whether to execute or not. According to FIG. 9-7(B), in the case of losing, the present box effect (PBP-B) is determined at a rate of 25%, and in the case of a big hit, the present box effect (PBP-B) is determined. ) is executed at a rate of 90%.
In addition, if the group announcement effect (YEP-B) is not executed, the present box effect (PBP
-B) is executed at a rate of 0% (if the group announcement effect (YEP-B) is not executed, the present box effect (PBP-B) is not executed).

According to the example shown in FIG. 9-7(B), similar to the relationship between the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) and the present box effect (PBP-A), before the execution of the group notice effect (YEP-B) When the present box effect (PBP-B) corresponding to the group notice effect (YEP-B) is executed, the group notice effect (YEP-B) is supported before the group notice effect (YEP-B) is executed. A big hit is more likely to occur than when the present box presentation (PBP-B) is not executed.

Fig. 9-7(C) shows a present box effect (present box effect pattern "P
BP-C”) is an example of the determination ratio of whether or not to execute. According to FIG. 9-7(C), if the result is a loss, the execution of the present box effect (PBP-C) is determined at a rate of 10%, and if the hit is a big hit, the present box effect (PBP-C) is determined. ) is executed at a rate of 60%. In addition, if the button notice effect (YEP-C) is not executed, the presence of the present box effect (PBP-C) is determined at a rate of 0% (if the button notice effect (YEP-C) is not executed, Present box effect (PBP-C) is not executed).

According to the example shown in FIG. 9-7(C), similar to the relationship between the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) and the present box effect (PBP-A), before the execution of the button notice effect (YEP-C) When the present box effect (PBP-C) corresponding to the button notice effect (YEP-C) is executed, the button notice effect (YEP-C) is executed before the button notice effect (YEP-C) is executed.
A big win is more likely to occur than when the present box presentation (PBP-C) corresponding to C) is not executed.

FIG. 9-7(D) shows a present box effect (present box effect pattern “PBP
-D”) is an example of the determination ratio of whether or not to execute. According to FIG. 9-7(D), if the result is a loss, the execution of the present box effect (PBP-D) is determined at a rate of 5%, and if the hit is a big hit, the present box effect (PBP-D) is determined. ) is executed at a rate of 80%. It should be noted that if the role announcement effect (YEP-D) is not executed, the gift box effect (P
BP-D) is to be executed at a rate of 0% (if the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) is not executed, the present box effect (PBP-D) is not executed).

According to the example shown in FIG. 9-7(D), similar to the relationship between the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) and the present box effect (PBP-A), the performance of the character object notice effect (YEP-D) is executed. When the present box effect (PBP-D) corresponding to the character object preview effect (YEP-D) is executed before the character object effect effect (YEP-D) is executed, the character object effect effect (YEP-D) is executed. -D) is more likely to result in a big hit than when the present box presentation (PBP-D) corresponding to PBP-D) is not executed.

FIG. 9-7(E) shows a present box effect (present box effect pattern "P
BP-E”) is an example of the determination ratio of whether or not to execute. According to FIG. 9-7 (E), if the result is a loss, the execution of the present box effect (PBP-E) is determined at a rate of 25%, and if the hit is a big hit, the present box effect (PBP-E) is determined. ) is executed at a rate of 60%. If the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect (YEP-E) is not executed, the presence of the present box effect (PBP-E) is determined at a rate of 0%. present box effect (PBP-E) is not executed).

According to the example shown in FIG. 9-7(E), similar to the relationship between the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) and the present box effect (PBP-A), the execution of the pseudo consecutive notice effect (YEP-E) When the present box effect (PBP-E) corresponding to the pseudo-continuous notice effect (YEP-E) is executed before the pseudo-continuous notice effect (YEP-E) is executed, the pseudo-continuous notice effect (YEP-E) -
A big hit is more likely to occur than when the present box presentation (PBP-E) corresponding to E) is not executed.

FIG. 9-8 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the setting suggestion effect. The pachinko gaming machine 1 according to the characteristic part 006SH can execute a plurality of types of setting suggestion effects.

The setting suggesting effect of the setting suggesting effect pattern “SEP-ATU” shown in FIG. 9-8(A) displays, for example, a thermal character image 006SHSEP-ATU as shown in FIG. 9-8(B). It is a hot character production. As will be explained with reference to FIG. 9-9, the hot character effect suggests a set value when the game is lost, but does not suggest a set value when the game is a big hit.

The setting suggesting effect of the setting suggesting effect pattern “SEP-EYE1” shown in FIG.
This is a normal eye-catching production that displays HSEP-EYE1. In the eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE1 shown in FIG. 9-8(C), the yukata of the character is plain. As will be described with reference to FIGS. 9-10, the normal eye-catching effect is executed when the super reach is lost (in the case of either variation pattern #13 or #14), and the special eye-catching effect (described later) is executed. not, but suggests a set value.

The setting suggesting effect of the setting suggesting effect pattern “SEP-EYE2” shown in FIG.
This is a special eye-catching production that displays HSEP-EYE2. In the eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE2 shown in FIG. 9-8(D), the yukata of the character has a goldfish pattern. As will be described with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10, the special eye-catching effect is executed when the super reach is lost (when either variation pattern #13 or #14 occurs) to suggest a set value. When SEP-EYE1 (normal eye-catching effect) and SEP-EYE2 (special eye-catching effect) are not distinguished (or collectively), they are referred to as SEP-EYE (eye-catching effect).

Note that the eye-catching images (eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE1, eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE2) are images that are displayed when the effect background during reach is switched to the normal background (non-reach background).

FIG. 9-9 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the hot character effect (set-suggesting effect pattern “SEP-ATU”). FIG. 9-9(A) is an example of the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the hot character effect when the set value is 1-5. According to the example shown in FIG. 9-9 (A), if the normal reach is missed (variation pattern # 12), execution is determined at a rate of 1%, and if super reach A is missed (variation In the case of pattern # 13), execution is determined at a rate of 2%, and super reach B is missed (variation pattern # 14
), execution is determined at a rate of 2%, and in the case of a normal reach jackpot (when variation pattern #16), execution is determined at a rate of 40%, and a super reach A jackpot. In the case (variation pattern #17), the execution is determined at a rate of 60%, and in the case of a super reach B jackpot (variation pattern #18), the execution is 70%.
determined by the ratio of It should be noted that if the reach does not occur (if the variation pattern #10 or #11 occurs), execution is determined at a rate of 0% (it is determined not to be executed).

FIG. 9-9(B) shows a hot character effect when the setting value is 6 (setting suggestive effect pattern “S
EP-ATU”) is an example of the determination ratio of whether or not to execute. According to the example shown in FIG. 9-9 (B), if the normal reach is lost (if it becomes a fluctuation pattern # 12), the execution is 5%
If it is determined by the ratio of and super reach A is missed (if it becomes fluctuation pattern # 13)
In this case, execution is determined at a rate of 10%, and if super reach B is lost (variation pattern # 14), execution is determined at a rate of 10%, and if it becomes a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern #16), execution is determined at a rate of 40%, and in the case of a super reach A jackpot (variation pattern #17), execution is determined at a rate of 60%, and super reach In the case of the B jackpot (in the case of variation pattern #18), execution is determined at a rate of 70%. In addition, if it does not become a reach (variation pattern # 10, #
11), execution is determined at a rate of 0% (it is determined not to be executed).

According to FIGS. 9-9 (A) and 9-9 (B), the hot character effect is a effect with a relatively high degree of expectation for a big hit (a effect with a relatively small percentage of execution decisions in the case of losing). be. More specifically, the expectation of a hot character effect when the set value is 1 to 5 is higher than the expectation of a hot character effect when the set value is 6 (the hot character in the case of losing) The determination ratio of whether or not the effect is executed is lower when the set value is 1 to 5 than when the set value is 6).

When the set value is 1 to 5, the determination ratio of execution of the hot character effect in the case of failure is lower than when the set value is 6 (that is, when the set value is 6 is higher than when the set value is 1 to 5), the frequency that the hot character effect is executed and is lost is higher when the set value is 1 to 5 when the set value is 6. It is higher than when it is 5 (specifically, when focusing on the same kind of reach, when the setting value is 6, it is 5 times higher than when the setting value is 1 to 5). Therefore, the player can guess whether the set value is 1 to 5 or the set value is 6, depending on the frequency with which the hot character effect is executed and the result is lost. For example, the player has executed a hot character effect and has developed into super reach,
As a result, if you feel that the frequency of failure is higher than usual (usually the set value is one of 1 to 5), guess that the set value is 6. becomes possible.

On the other hand, since the determination ratio of execution of the hot character effect in the case of a big hit does not change between when the set value is 1 to 5 and when the set value is 6, the hot character effect is executed, and ,
The frequency of hitting the jackpot does not change when the set value is 1 to 5 or when the set value is 6.例文帳に追加Therefore, the player cannot guess whether the set value is 1 to 5 or 6, depending on the frequency with which the hot character effect is executed and the jackpot is won.

In other words, as described above, the hot character effect suggests a set value when it is lost,
No set value is suggested when a big hit is achieved.

FIGS. 9-10 are explanatory diagrams for explaining the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of eye-catching effects (normal eye-catching effects, special eye-catching effects). FIG. 9-10(A) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of an eye-catching effect. The decision ratio of whether or not to execute the eye-catching production is
Setting values 1 to 6 are common (independent of setting values). According to the example shown in Fig. 9-10(A),
If Super Reach A is lost (when fluctuation pattern # 13), 10 for execution
It is determined at a rate of 0%, and even when the super reach B is lost (when it becomes a fluctuation pattern #14), execution is determined at a rate of 100%. In addition, in cases other than the above (variation pattern # 1
0 to #12 or #16 to #18), execution is determined at a rate of 0% (it is determined not to be executed). In other words, as described above, the eye-catching effects (normal eye-catching effects, special eye-catching effects) are executed when the super reach is lost (when one of the fluctuation patterns #13 and #14 occurs).

When the pachinko machine 1 according to the characteristic part 006SH determines to execute an eye-catching effect, the setting suggesting effect pattern (“SEP-EYE1”, “SEP-
EYE2”). FIG. 9-10(B) shows a setting suggestion effect pattern ("SEP-EYE1
, “SEP-EYE2”). According to the example shown in FIG. 9-10 (B), when the super reach A is lost, the normal eye-catching production (setting suggestion production pattern “SEP-EYE1”) is determined at a rate of 90%, and the special eye The catch effect (setting suggestive effect pattern “SEP-EYE2”) is determined at a rate of 10%, and if super reach B is missed, the normal eye-catching effect (set suggestive effect pattern “SEP-EYE1”)
is determined at a rate of 95%, and a special eye-catching production (setting suggestive production pattern “SEP-EY
E2”) is determined at a rate of 5%.

Fig. 9-10 (C) shows setting suggestive effect patterns ("SEP-EYE1", "SEP-EYE2") when it is decided to execute an eye-catching effect when the set value is 4 to 6.
) is an example of the determination ratio. According to the example shown in FIG. 9-10 (C), when the super reach A is lost, the normal eye-catching effect (setting suggestive effect pattern "SEP-EYE1"
) is determined at a rate of 60%, and a special eye-catching production (setting suggestive production pattern “SEP-E
YE2”) is determined at a rate of 40%, and if the super reach B is missed, the normal eye-catching effect (setting suggestive effect pattern “SEP-EYE1”) is determined at a rate of 60%,
A special eye-catching effect (set-suggesting effect pattern “SEP-EYE2”) is determined at a rate of 40%.

Special eye-catching production when Super Reach A is lost (setting suggestive production pattern "
SEP-EYE2”), the setting value is 1 to 3 when the setting value is 4 to 6.
Therefore, the super reach A is lost, and the frequency at which the special eye-catching effect is executed is higher when the set value is 4 to 6 than when the set value is 1 to 3. is also higher (specifically, it is four times higher when the set values are 4-6 than when the set values are 1-3). Therefore, the player can guess whether the set value is 1 to 3 or the set value is 4 to 6 depending on the frequency with which the super reach A is lost and the special eye-catching effect is executed. . For example, the player loses Super Reach A, and
The set value is 4 to 6 when it is felt that the frequency with which the special eye-catching effect is executed is higher than usual (usually the set value is one of 1 to 3). can be inferred.

Special eye-catching production when Super Reach B is lost (setting suggestive production pattern "
SEP-EYE2”), the setting value is 1 to 3 when the setting value is 4 to 6.
Therefore, the super reach B is lost, and the frequency of execution of the special eye-catching effect is higher when the set value is 4 to 6 than when the set value is 1 to 3. is also higher (specifically, it is eight times higher when the settings are between 4 and 6 than when the settings are between 1 and 3). Therefore, the player can guess whether the set value is 1 to 3 or the set value is 4 to 6, depending on the frequency with which the super reach B is lost and the special eye-catching effect is executed. . For example, the player misses Super Reach B, and
The set value is 4 to 6 when it is felt that the frequency with which the special eye-catching effect is executed is higher than usual (usually the set value is one of 1 to 3). can be inferred.

Note that the difference in the frequency with which the special eye-catching effect is executed depending on whether the set value is 1 to 3 or the set value is 4 to 6 results in a failure of super reach A, and the special eye-catching effect is executed. Since the super reach B is lost and the case where the special eye-catching effect is executed is larger than the case (the difference is 4 times in the former, and the difference is 8 times in the latter), the player will lose the super reach A. And from the frequency with which the special eye-catching effect was executed,
The super reach B is lost, and the frequency with which the special eye-catching effect is executed makes it easier for the player to have confidence in estimating the set value by himself. As an example, considering the case where there were two changes in total that resulted in super reach A and resulted in a loss, and both times were special eye-catching effects, this case is when the set value is 1 to 3 1% of (10%
x 10%. The denominator is the number of fluctuations that developed into super reach A and resulted in a deviation), whereas there were a total of two fluctuations that developed into super reach B and resulted in deviation, and both times Considering the case where the special eye-catching production was performed, the setting value for this case is 1 to
Because it occurs only at a rate of 0.25% (5% × 5%. The denominator is the number of fluctuations that resulted in the development of super reach A) when it is 3 (that is, the development of super reach A As a result, there were a total of two fluctuations that resulted in a failure, and there were a total of two fluctuations that resulted in a failure due to the development of super reach B, compared to the case where both were special eye-catching effects 2 (Because it is easier to deny that the set value is 1 to 3 in the case where the special eye-catching effect was performed both times), there were a total of 2 changes that developed into Super Reach B and ended up being missed. 2
In the case where the special eye-catching effect was performed both times, it is easier to have confidence in estimating the setting value (estimation that the setting value is 4 to 6 instead of 1 to 3).

Since the normal eye-catching effect is executed when the special eye-catching effect is not executed when the super reach is out (see FIGS. 9-10 (B) and (C)), the normal eye-catching effect is not executed when the super reach is out. , is synonymous with non-execution of a special eye-catching effect at the end of super reach. Therefore, the set value is also suggested by the normal eye-catching effect, though not as much as by the special eye-catching effect. As an example,
Considering the case where there were a total of two fluctuations that developed into super reach A and resulted in a loss, and both times were normal eye-catching effects, this case is 81 when the set value is 1 to 3 % (90% x 90%. The denominator is the number of fluctuations that developed into Super Reach A and resulted in deviation). 36% when the set value is 4 to 6 (60% x 60% The denominator is the ratio of the number of fluctuations that developed into Super Reach A and resulted in deviations), so even if you estimate the set value, it seems to be a relatively uncertain estimate. On the other hand, considering the case where there were a total of two fluctuations that developed into super reach A and ended up being missed, and both times were special eye-catching effects, this case is when the set value is 1 to 3. 1% of (10% x 10%.
The denominator occurs at the rate of the number of fluctuations that developed into Super Reach A and resulted in deviation), and 24% (40% x 40%) when the set value is 4 to 6. The denominator develops into Super Reach A. Therefore, even if we assume that the set value is 4 to 6 instead of 1 to 3, it seems to be a reasonable estimation. In other words, super reach A
There were a total of 2 changes that resulted in a failure, and both times, compared to the case where it was a normal eye-catching production, a total of 2 changes that developed into Super Reach A and resulted in a failure.
It is easier to estimate the set value in the case where the special eye-catching effect was performed both times.

9-11 are explanatory diagrams for explaining various timings. Specifically, FIGS. 9-11 are explanatory diagrams for explaining execution timings of various effects and the like in the variable display of super reach.

In FIGS. 9-11, T0 is the start timing during variable display. T1 is the timing at which the present box image (the unopened present box image 006SHPB-CL shown in FIG. 9-5(A)) is displayed when the present box effect is executed. In T1, when executing a plurality of present box effects corresponding to the plurality of advance notice effects, a plurality of present box images (present box image 006SH
PB-CL) is displayed. For example, for the execution of the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) (
Target) and present box production (PBP-A) and group announcement production (YEP-B
) to execute the present box effect (PBP-B), 2
present box images (present box image 006SHPB-CL) are displayed. T2 is a reach timing.

T3 is the opening timing of one present box image when the present box effect (PBP-A) for the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A) is executed. In other words, T3 changes one of the unopened present box images 006SHPB-CL shown in FIG. 9-5(A) to the open present box image 006SHPB-OP shown in FIG. 9-5(B). It's time to let

T4 is the timing to start executing the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A). T5
is the timing for ending the execution of the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A). That is, T
4 to T5 is the execution period of the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A).

T6 is a present box effect (PB
This is the opening timing of one present box image when PB) is executed. In other words, T6 changes one of the unopened present box images 006SHPB-CL shown in FIG. 9-5(A) to the open present box image 006SHPB-OP shown in FIG. 9-5(B). It's time to let

T7 is the timing to start executing the group announcement effect (YEP-B). T8 is the timing of ending the execution of the group announcement effect (YEP-B). That is, T7 to T8 is the execution period of the group announcement effect (YEP-B).

T9 is a gift box effect (
This is the opening timing of one present box image when PBP-E) is executed. In other words, T9 changes one of the unopened present box images 006SHPB-CL shown in FIG. 9-5(A) to the open present box image 006SHPB-OP shown in FIG. 9-5(B). It's time to let

T10 is the timing of starting the execution of the pseudo continuous announcement effect (YEP-E). T13
is the timing at which the execution of the pseudo continuous announcement effect (YEP-E) ends. In other words, T10
˜T13 is the execution period of the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect (YEP-E).

T11 is the timing to start execution of the hot character effect (SEP-ATU). T12
is the timing to end execution of the hot character presentation (SEP-ATU). In other words, T11
˜T12 is the execution period of the hot character presentation (SEP-ATU). T14 is the timing to develop into super reach.

T15 is the opening timing of one present box image when the present box effect (PBP-C) targeted for execution of the button advance notice effect (YEP-C) is executed. In other words, T15 changes one of the unopened present box images 006SHPB-CL shown in FIG. 9-5(A) to the open present box image 006SHPB-OP shown in FIG. 9-5(B). It's time to let

T16 is the timing to start executing the button announcement effect (YEP-C). T17
is the timing to end execution of the button announcement effect (YEP-C). In other words, T17
˜T18 is the execution period of the button announcement effect (YEP-C).

T18 is a gift box production (
This is the opening timing of one present box image when PBP-D) is executed. In other words, T18 changes one of the unopened present box images 006SHPB-CL shown in FIG. 9-5(A) to the open present box image 006SHPB-OP shown in FIG. 9-5(B). It's time to let

T19 is the timing for starting the execution of the character product announcement effect (YEP-D). T20 is the timing of ending the execution of the character product announcement effect (YEP-D). That is, T19 to T
20 is the execution period of the character object announcement effect (YEP-D).

Ta21-Ta22 is a lost symbol stop display period in the case of losing.
Ta22-Ta23 is the execution period of the eye-catching effect. Tb21 to Tb23 are a jackpot symbol stop display period in the case of a jackpot.

9-12 to 9-14 are specific examples of various timings. Figure 9-12(A) shows
The variation pattern is normal reach out (variation pattern #12), the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1) is executed, and the present box effect (PBP-A) for the execution of the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A1). shows various timings when is executed. It should be noted that setting suggestion effects (heated character effects, eye-catching effects) are not executed.

In FIG. 9-12(A), T1 represents one present box image 006SHPB-
This is the timing at which CL is displayed. In other words, in T1, the cut-in notice effect (YEP-
A present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box effect (PBP-A) targeted for execution of A1) is displayed. T2 is a reach timing.

T3 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box presentation (PBP-A) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T4-T5 is the execution period of the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A1).

Fig. 9-12 (B) shows that the variation pattern is a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern #16), cut-in notice effect (YEP-A2), group notice effect (YEP-B), and pseudo consecutive notice effect (YEP-E). ) is executed, and the present box effect (PBP-B) for the execution of the group notice effect (YEP-B) and the present box effect (PBP- E) is executed, and various timings are shown when the hot character effect (SEP-ATU) is executed.

In FIG. 9-12(B), T1 displays two present box images 006SHPB-
This is the timing at which CL is displayed. That is, in T1, the present box image 006 of the present box effect (PBP-B) targeted for execution of the group announcement effect (YEP-B) is displayed.
A gift box image 006SHPB-CL of a gift box effect (PBP-E) intended for the execution of SHPB-CL and the pseudo consecutive notice effect (YEP-E) is displayed. T2
is the timing of reach.

T4-T5 is the execution period of the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A2). In other words, the present box effect (PBP-A) is not performed (present box image 006SHP
(without changing B-CL to present box image 006SHPB-OP)
, cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A2) is executed.

T6 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box presentation (PBP-B) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T7-T8 is the execution period of the group announcement effect (YEP-B).

T9 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box effect (PBP-E) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T10-T13 is the execution period of the pseudo consecutive notice effect (YEP-E). T11-T12 is the execution period of the hot character presentation (SEP-ATU).

In FIG. 9-13, the variation pattern is super reach B loss (variation pattern # 14), the button announcement effect (YEP-C1) and the pseudo continuous announcement effect (YEP-E) are executed, and the button announcement effect (YEP Present box effect (PBP-C) for execution of -C1)
and a gift box effect (PBP-
E) is executed, and a hot character effect (SEP-ATU) and a special eye-catching effect (SEP-E
YE2) and are shown various timings when YE2) is executed.

In FIGS. 9-13, T1 is the timing at which the two present box images 006SHPB-CL are displayed. That is, in T1, the present box image 006 of the present box effect (PBP-C) targeted for execution of the button announcement effect (YEP-C1) is displayed.
A gift box image 006SHPB-CL of a gift box effect (PBP-E) intended for the execution of SHPB-CL and the pseudo consecutive notice effect (YEP-E) is displayed. T2
is the timing of reach.

T9 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box effect (PBP-E) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T10-T13 is the execution period of the pseudo consecutive notice effect (YEP-E). T11-T12 is the execution period of the hot character presentation (SEP-ATU). T14 is the timing to develop into super reach.

T15 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box presentation (PBP-C) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T17-T18 is the execution period of the button announcement effect (YEP-C1). Ta21 to Ta22 is a lost symbol stop display period. Ta22-Ta23 is the execution period of the special eye-catching effect.

9-14, the variation pattern is a super reach B jackpot (variation pattern # 18), cut-in notice effect (YEP-A2), group notice effect (YEP-B) and button notice effect (
YEP-C2), a role announcement effect (YEP-D), and a simulated continuous announcement effect (YEP-E) are executed, and a gift box effect (PBP- A), a present box effect (PBP-B) for the execution of the group notice effect (YEP-B), and a present box effect (PBP-C) for the execution of the button notice effect (YEP-C2) and the role A present box effect (PBP-D) for the execution of the object advance notice effect (YEP-D) and a present box effect (PBP-E) for the execution of the simulated consecutive notice effect (YEP-E) are executed. , various timings when the hot character effect (SEP-ATU) is executed.

In FIG. 9-14, T1 is the timing at which five present box images 006SHPB-CL are displayed. In other words, in T1, cut-in notice effect (YEP-A2)
Present box image 0 of the present box effect (PBP-A) for the execution of
06SHPB-CL, present box image of present box effect (PBP-B) for execution of group notice effect (YEP-B) 006SHPB-CL, button notice effect (
Present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box effect (PBP-C) for the execution of YEP-C2), and the present box effect (PBP-D) for the execution of the character announcement effect (YEP-D) Present box image 006SHPB-CL,
Present box effect (PBP-E
) is displayed. T2 is a reach timing.

T3 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box presentation (PBP-A) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T4-T5 is the execution period of the cut-in announcement effect (YEP-A2).

T6 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box presentation (PBP-B) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T7-T8 is the execution period of the group announcement effect (YEP-B).

T9 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box effect (PBP-E) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T10-T13 is the execution period of the pseudo consecutive notice effect (YEP-E). T11-T12 is the execution period of the hot character presentation (SEP-ATU). T14 is the timing to develop into super reach.

T15 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box presentation (PBP-C) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. T17-T18 is the execution period of the button announcement effect (YEP-C2).

T19 is the timing for changing the present box image 006SHPB-CL of the present box presentation (PBP-D) displayed at T1 to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. A period from T19 to T20 is a period during which the character product announcement effect (YEP-D) is executed. Tb21-Tb22 is a jackpot symbol stop display period.

(Production decision processing A (determination of advance notice production and gift box production)
9-15 to 9-17 are flowcharts showing an example of the effect determination process A executed in the variable display start setting process of S171 in the effect control process shown in FIG. 9-16 is a continuation of the flowchart of FIG. 9-15. The flowcharts of FIGS. 9-17 are continuations of the flowcharts of FIGS. 9-16.

In the effect determination process A shown in FIG. 9-15, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the cut-in announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 006SHS100).
For example, as shown in FIG. 9-3 (A), the effect control CPU 120 determines execution yes at a rate of 0% if the variation pattern is non-reach out (either variation pattern # 10 or # 11) If the variation pattern is out of normal reach (variation pattern #12), 1 is executed
Determined at a rate of 0%, the variation pattern is out of super reach (variation pattern # 13, # 1
4), execution is determined at a rate of 20%, and if the variation pattern is a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern #16), execution is determined at a rate of 30%, and the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot. If (either fluctuation pattern #17 or #18), execute yes 30
Determined by percentage.

Subsequent to step 006SHS100, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the cut-in notice effect should be executed (step 006SHS101). If it is determined that the cut-in notice effect is to be executed (step 006SHS101; YES),
Go to step 006 SHS102. If it is not determined that the cut-in announcement effect should be executed (step 006SHS101; NO), the process proceeds to step 006SHS110.

Following step 006SHS101 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of cut-in notice effect (that is, notice effect pattern) based on the variation pattern (step 006SHS102). For example, as shown in FIG. 9-3 (B), the effect control CPU
120, if the variation pattern is out of normal reach, the notice production pattern "YEP-
A1" is determined at 100%, and the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is determined at 0%. Also, if the variation pattern is out of super reach, the effect control CPU 120 determines the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" at 80%, and sets the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" at 20%.
Determined by %. In addition, if the variation pattern is a normal reach jackpot, the effect control CPU 120 determines the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" at 50%, and determines the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1".
EP-A2” is determined at 50%. Also, if the variation pattern is a super ready-to-win jackpot, the effect control CPU 120 determines the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" at 20% and the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" at 80%.

Following step 006SHS102, the effect control CPU 120 is step 006S
The notice effect pattern of the cut-in notice effect determined by HS 102 (notice effect pattern "Y
EP-A1” or the notice effect pattern “YEP-A2”) is set (step 006SH
S103).

Following step 006SHS103, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the present box effect (PBP-A) targeting the execution of the cut-in notice effect (step 006SHS104). For example, Figure 9-
As shown in 7(A), the effect control CPU 120 determines execution of the present box effect (PBP-A) at a rate of 15% if the variation pattern is a deviation pattern,
If the variation pattern is a big hit variation pattern, present box production (PBP-A)
is determined at a rate of 90%.

Following step 006SHS104, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the present box effect (PBP-A) has been determined (step 006SH
S105). If it is determined that the present box effect (PBP-A) should be executed (step 006SHS105; YES), the process proceeds to step 006SHS106. If it is not determined that the present box effect (PBP-A) is to be executed (step 006SH
S105; NO), go to step 006SHS110.

Following step 006SHS105 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the present box effect pattern "PBP-A" (step 006SHS106).

Step 006SHS101 (NO), Step 006SHS105 (NO), or
Following step 006SHS106, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the group announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 006SHS110). For example, Figure 9-
As shown in 3 (C), the effect control CPU 120 determines the execution presence at a rate of 0% if the variation pattern is non-reach out (either variation pattern # 10 or # 11), and the variation pattern is If the normal reach is out (variation pattern # 12), execution is determined at a rate of 2%, and if the variation pattern is super reach (either fluctuation pattern # 13 or # 14), execution is at a rate of 30% If the variation pattern is a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern #16), execution is determined at a rate of 25%, and if the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot (variation pattern #17 or #18) Execution yes is determined at a rate of 50%.

Subsequent to step 006SHS110, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the group announcement effect should be executed (step 006SHS111). If it is determined that the group announcement effect is to be executed (step 006SHS111; YES), step 006S
Go to HS113. If it is not determined that the group notice effect is to be executed (step 006S
HS111; NO), go to step 006SHS120 in FIG. 9-16.

Following step 006SHS111 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern "YEP-B" for the group notice effect (step 006SHS113).

Subsequent to step 006SHS113, the effect control CPU 120 executes a present box effect (PBP
-B) is executed (step 006SHS114). For example, Figure 9-7 (B)
As shown in , the effect control CPU 120 determines execution of the present box effect (PBP-B) at a rate of 25% if the variation pattern is a losing variation pattern, and the variation pattern is a big hit variation pattern. If there is, it is determined whether the present box effect (PBP-B) is to be executed at a rate of 90%.

Following step 006SHS114, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the present box effect (PBP-B) has been determined (step 006SH
S115). If it is determined that the present box effect (PBP-B) should be executed (step 006SHS115; YES), the process proceeds to step 006SHS116. If it is not determined that the present box effect (PBP-B) is to be executed (step 006SH
S115; NO), go to step 006SHS120 in FIG. 9-16.

Following step 006SHS115 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the present box effect pattern "PBP-B" (step 006SHS116).

Step 006SHS101 (NO), step 006SHS105 (N) in FIG. 9-15
O), or following step 006SHS106, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the button announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 006S in FIG. 9-16).
HS120). For example, as shown in FIG. 9-3 (D), the effect control CPU 120 determines execution yes at a rate of 0% if the variation pattern is non-reach out (either variation pattern # 10 or # 11) However, if the variation pattern is out of normal reach (variation pattern # 12), execution is determined at a rate of 0%, and if the variation pattern is out of super reach (either variation pattern # 13 or # 14), execution is is determined at a rate of 25%, and if the variation pattern is a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern # 16), execution is determined at a rate of 0%, and the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot (variation pattern # 17, # 18 ), then execution is determined at a rate of 50%.

Subsequent to step 006SHS120, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the button announcement effect should be executed (step 006SHS121). If it is determined that the button announcement effect is to be executed (step 006SHS121; YES), the process proceeds to step 006SHS122. If it is not determined to execute the button announcement effect (step 006SHS121; NO), the process proceeds to step 006SHS130.

Following step 006SHS121 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of button announcement effect (that is, the announcement effect pattern) based on the variation pattern (step 006SHS122). For example, as shown in FIG. 9-3 (E), the effect control CPU12
0, if the fluctuation pattern is out of super reach, the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1
” is determined at 90%, and the notice effect pattern “YEP-C2” is determined at 10%. Also, if the variation pattern is a super ready-to-win jackpot, the effect control CPU 120 determines the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" at 10% and the notice effect pattern "YEP-C2" at 90%.

Following step 006SHS122, the effect control CPU 120 is step 006S
Notice effect pattern of button notice effect decided by HS122 (notice effect pattern “YEP
-C1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-C2") (Step 006SHS1
23).

Subsequent to step 006 SHS 123, the effect control CPU 120 executes the present box effect (P
BP-C) is determined (step 006SHS124). For example, Figure 9-7 (
As shown in C), if the variation pattern is a loss variation pattern, the effect control CPU 120 determines execution of the present box effect (PBP-C) at a rate of 10%, and the variation pattern is a big hit variation. If it is a pattern, execution of present box effect (PBP-C) is determined at a rate of 60%.

Following step 006SHS124, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the present box effect (PBP-C) has been determined (step 006SH
S125). If it is determined that the present box effect (PBP-C) should be executed (step 006SHS125; YES), the process proceeds to step 006SHS126. If it is not determined that the present box effect (PBP-C) is to be executed (step 006SH
S125; NO), go to step 006SHS130.

Following step 006SHS125 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the present box effect pattern "PBP-C" (step 006SHS126).

Step 006SHS121 (NO), Step 006SHS125 (NO), or
Subsequent to step 006SHS126, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the character product announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 006SHS130). For example, Figure 9
As shown in -4 (A), the effect control CPU 120 has a non-reach variation pattern (
If the variation pattern #10 or #11), execution is determined at a rate of 0%, and if the variation pattern is out of normal reach (variation pattern #12), execution is determined at a rate of 0%, The fluctuation pattern is out of super reach (either fluctuation pattern #13 or #14)
If so, execution is determined at a rate of 5%, and if the variation pattern is a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern # 16), execution is determined at a rate of 0%, and the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot (variation pattern # 17 , #18), execution is determined at a rate of 75%.

Subsequent to step 006SHS130, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it has been determined that the character product announcement effect should be executed (step 006SHS131). If it is determined that the character object announcement effect is to be executed (step 006 SHS131; YES), step 00
Proceed to 6SHS133. If it is not decided to execute the character object announcement effect (step 0
06SHS131; NO), go to step 006SHS140 in FIG. 9-17.

Following step 006SHS131 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern "YEP-C" for the character object notice effect (step 006SHS133).

Subsequent to step 006SHS133, the production control CPU 120 executes the present box production (PB
PD) is executed or not (step 006SHS134). For example, Figure 9-7 (D
), if the variation pattern is a winning variation pattern, the effect control CPU 120 determines execution of the present box effect (PBP-D) at a rate of 5%, and the variation pattern is a big hit variation pattern. If so, it determines whether the present box effect (PBP-D) is to be executed at a rate of 80%.

Following step 006SHS134, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the present box effect (PBP-D) has been determined (step 006SH
S135). If it is determined that the present box effect (PBP-D) should be executed (step 006SHS135; YES), the process proceeds to step 006SHS136. If it is not determined that the present box effect (PBP-D) is to be executed (step 006SH
S135; NO), go to step 006SHS140 in FIG. 9-17.

Following step 006SHS135 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the present box effect pattern "PBP-D" (step 006SHS136).

Step 006SHS131 (NO), step 006SHS135 (N) in FIG. 9-16
O), or following step 006SHS136, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect based on the variation pattern (step 006S in FIG. 9-17).
HS140). For example, as shown in FIG. 9-4 (B), the effect control CPU 120 determines execution yes at a rate of 0% if the variation pattern is non-reach out (either variation pattern # 10 or # 11) However, if the variation pattern is out of normal reach (variation pattern # 12), execution is determined at a rate of 0%, and if the variation pattern is out of super reach (either variation pattern # 13 or # 14), execution is is determined at a rate of 50%, and if the variation pattern is a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern # 16), execution is determined at a rate of 25%, and the variation pattern is a super reach jackpot (variation pattern # 17, # 18 ), then execution is determined at a rate of 60%.

Subsequent to step 006SHS140, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect should be executed (step 006SHS141). If it is determined that the pseudo consecutive notice effect is to be executed (step 006SHS141; YES), the process proceeds to step 006SHS143. If it is not determined that the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect is to be executed (step 006 SHS141; NO), this flow chart ends.

Following step 006SHS141 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern "YEP-E" for the pseudo consecutive notice effect (step 006SHS143).
.

Subsequent to step 006SHS143, the effect control CPU 120 executes the present box effect (P
BP-E) is determined (step 006SHS144). For example, Figure 9-7 (
As shown in E), if the variation pattern is a loss variation pattern, the effect control CPU 120 determines execution of the present box effect (PBP-E) at a rate of 25%, and the variation pattern is a big hit variation. If it is a pattern, execution of the present box effect (PBP-E) is determined at a rate of 60%.

Following step 006SHS144, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not execution of the present box effect (PBP-E) has been determined (step 006SH
S145). If it is determined that the present box effect (PBP-E) should be executed (step 006SHS145; YES), the process proceeds to step 006SHS146. If it is not determined that the present box effect (PBP-E) is to be executed (step 006SH
S145; NO), this flowchart ends.

Following step 006SHS145 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the present box effect pattern "PBP-E" (step 006SHS146).
Then, this flowchart ends.

(Production determination process B (determination of setting suggestion production)
9-18 is a flow chart showing an example of the effect determination process B executed in the variable display start setting process of S171 in the effect control process shown in FIG. In addition, Fig. 9
-15 to FIG. 9-17 and the effect determination process B described in FIG. 9-18, whichever may be executed first in the variable display start setting process (S171) .

In the effect determination process B shown in FIG. 9-18, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the hot character effect based on the current set value and the variation pattern (step 006SHS
200). For example, when the current set value is one of 1 to 5, the effect control CPU 120 determines that the variation pattern is non-reach (variation pattern #10, # 11), execution is determined at a rate of 0%, and if the variation pattern is out of normal reach (variation pattern # 12), execution is determined at a rate of 1%, and the variation pattern is super reach A If it is out (variation pattern # 13), execution is determined at a rate of 2%, and if the variation pattern is super reach B deviation (variation pattern # 14), execution is determined at a rate of 2%, and the variation pattern If is a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern #16), execution is determined at a rate of 40%, and if the fluctuation pattern is a super reach A jackpot (variation pattern #17), execution is determined at a rate of 60%. The pattern is Super Reach B
If it is a big hit (fluctuation pattern #18), execution is determined at a rate of 70%. On the other hand, the effect control CPU 120, when the current set value is 6, as shown in FIG. 9-9 (B),
If the variation pattern is non-reach (either variation pattern #10 or #11), execution is determined at a rate of 0%, and the variation pattern is normal reach (variation pattern #12).
If so, execution is determined at a rate of 5%, and if the variation pattern is not super reach A (variation pattern # 13), execution is determined at a rate of 10%, and the variation pattern is not super reach B (variation If pattern #14), execution is determined at a rate of 10%, and if the variation pattern is a normal reach jackpot (variation pattern #16), execution is determined at a rate of 40%, and the variation pattern is a super reach A jackpot. If (fluctuation pattern #17), 60 for execution
%, and if the variation pattern is a super reach B jackpot (variation pattern #18), execution is determined at a rate of 70%.

Following step 006SHS200, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the hot character effect is to be executed (step 006SHS201). If it is determined that the hot character effect is to be executed (step 006SHS201; YES), step 006S
Go to HS203. If it is not determined that the hot character effect is to be executed (step 006S
HS201; NO), go to step 006 SHS210.

Following step 006SHS201 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the setting suggestion effect pattern "SEP-ATU" for the hot character effect (step 006SHS20
3).

Following step 006SHS201 (NO) or step 006SHS203,
The effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute an eye-catching effect based on the variation pattern (step 006SHS210). For example, as shown in FIG. 9-10 (A), the effect control CPU 120 determines that the variation pattern is out of super reach (variation pattern #13, #1
If it is 4), execution is determined at a rate of 100%, and otherwise, execution is determined at a rate of 0%.

After step 006SHS210, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not it is determined that the eye-catching effect should be executed (step 006SHS211). If it is determined that the eye-catching effect should be executed (step 006SHS211; YES), the process proceeds to step 006SHS212. If it is not determined that the eye-catching effect should be executed (step 006 SHS211; NO), this flow chart ends.

Following step 006SHS211 (YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of eye-catching effect (that is, setting-suggesting effect pattern) based on the current set value and the variation pattern (step 006SHS212). For example, when the current set value is one of 1 to 3, the effect control CPU 120, as shown in FIG. If so, the setting suggestion production pattern "SEP-EYE1 (normal eye-catching production)" is determined at a rate of 90%, and the setting suggestion production pattern "SEP-EYE2 (special eye-catching production)" is determined at a rate of 10%. However, if the variation pattern is out of super reach B (variation pattern # 14), the setting suggestion production pattern "SEP-EYE1 (normal eye-catching production)" is determined at a rate of 95%, and the setting suggestion production pattern "SEP- EYE2 (special eye-catching effect)” is determined at a rate of 5%. On the other hand, the effect control CPU 120, when the current set value is any one of 4 to 6, as shown in FIG. If so, the setting suggestion production pattern "SEP-EYE1 (normal eye-catching production)" is determined at a rate of 60%, and the setting suggestion production pattern "SEP-EYE2 (special eye-catching production)" is determined at a rate of 40%. However, if the variation pattern is out of Super Reach B (variation pattern #14), the setting suggestive effect pattern “SEP-EYE1 (normal eye-catching effect)” is determined at a rate of 60%, and the setting suggestive effect pattern “SEP- EYE2 (special eye-catching effect)” is determined at a rate of 40%.

Following step 006SHS212, the effect control CPU 120 is step 006S
Setting suggesting effect pattern (setting suggesting effect pattern "SEP-EYE1" or setting suggesting effect pattern "SEP-EYE2") of eye-catching effect determined by HS212 is set (
step 006 SHS 213).

FIGS. 9-19 to 9-22 are diagrams showing examples of rendering operations related to the characteristic portion 006SH. Specifically, Figures 9-19 to 9-22 show examples of the main scenes in the example shown in Figure 9-12 (B), and Figure 9-19 (A) → Figure 9-19 (B) → Figure 9-19 (C
) → Figure 9-20 (A) → Figure 9-20 (B) → Figure 9-20 (C) → Figure 9-21 (A) → Figure 9
-21 (B) → Figure 9-21 (C) → Figure 9-22 (A) → Figure 9-22 (B) → Figure 9-22 (
C). In addition, in Figure 9-19 (A) (the same applies to other figures. Reference numerals are omitted in other figures),
An active display area 006SHAHA, which is a display area for active display, and an active display 006SHAH displayed in the active display area 006SHAHA are displayed.

FIG. 9-19(A) shows the scene before reaching reach in the variable display. Figure 9-19 (B
) is a scene in which two present box images 006SHPB-CL are displayed (Fig. 9-1
2 (B) T1 scene). Note that the displayed two present box images 0
06SHPB-CL is a present box image 006SH of a present box effect (PBP-B) intended for execution of the group announcement effect (YEP-B), although there is no distinction in terms of display mode.
This is a present box image 006SHPB-CL of a present box effect (PBP-E) intended for the execution of the PB-CL and the pseudo consecutive notice effect (YEP-E). Figure 9-19 (C
) is a scene of reach in the variable display.

Fig. 9-20 (A) shows a scene in which the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A2) is being performed, that is, a scene in which the strong cut-in image 006SHYKE-KCI is displayed (Fig. 9-12 (B
) is the scene from T4 to T5).

FIG. 9-20(B) is a scene in which one present box image 006SHPB-CL is changed to a present box image 006SHPB-OP (scene of T6 in FIG. 9-12(B)).
is. In the scene of FIG. 9-20(B), the item corresponding to the group notice effect corresponds to the change of the present box image 006SHPB-CL to the present box image 006SHPB-OP (corresponding to the opening of the present box). An image (an item image labeled "Group") is displayed.

FIG. 9-20(C) shows a scene in which the group preview effect (YEP-B) is being performed, that is, a scene in which the group image 006SHYKE-GN is displayed (T7 to T8 in FIG. 9-12(B). scene)
is. Note that the gift box image 006SHPB-OP (the same applies to the item image corresponding to the group announcement effect) is erased before the group announcement effect (YEP-B) is executed (for example, immediately before T7). Also, a present box image 006S that is erased when a certain advance notice effect is executed
The HPB-OP and the timing of erasing the item image may not be before the execution of the notice effect (for example, the timing of starting the execution of the notice effect, any timing during the execution of the notice effect, the execution of the notice effect end timing, etc.).

FIG. 9-21(A) is a scene in which one present box image 006SHPB-CL is changed to a present box image 006SHPB-OP (scene of T9 in FIG. 9-12(B)).
is. In the scene of FIG. 9-21(A), the present box image 006SHPB-CL corresponds to the present box image 006SHPB-OP changing to the present box image 006SHPB-OP (corresponding to the opening of the present box), and corresponds to the pseudo consecutive notice effect. An item image (an item image labeled "again") is displayed.

FIGS. 9-21(B) to 9-22(B) show scenes (scenes of T10 to T13 in FIG. 9-12(B)) in which the pseudo continuous advance notice effect (YEP-E) is performed. Also, FIG. 9-21(C) shows a scene where the hot character effect (SEP-ATU) is being performed (T11 to T1 in FIG. 9-12(B)
2 scene). FIG. 9-22(C) shows a scene in which a big win pattern is displayed.

In Figures 9-21(B) to 9-22(A), the temporary stop symbol 006SH-REP is displayed,
In FIG. 9-22(B), re-variable display is performed. In addition to the temporary stop pattern 006SH-REP, the thermal character image 006SHSEP-ATU is also displayed in FIG. 9-21(C). is displayed. In other words, the hot character effect is executed with priority over the pseudo consecutive notice effect.
9-21(B) to 9-22(B) show an example in which “temporary stop → re-variable display” is performed once as the pseudo-continuous notice effect (YEP-E). As the advance notice effect (YEP-E), "temporary stop→re-variable display" may be performed twice or more.

FIGS. 9-23 to 9-25 are diagrams showing examples of rendering operations related to the characteristic portion 006SH. Specifically, FIGS. 9-23 to 9-25 show examples of some scenes in the example shown in FIG. 9-13. 23 (B) → Figure 9-23 (C) → Figure 9-24 (A) → Figure 9-24 (B) → Figure 9-24 (C) → Figure 9-25 (A) → Figure 9-25
Transition from (B) to FIG. 9-25(C).

FIG. 9-23(A) is the scene immediately before developing into super reach (super reach B) (the scene immediately before T14 in FIG. 9-13). In the variable display (variable display shown in FIGS. 9-13), two present box images 006SHPB-CL (present box effects (PBP -C) present box image 006SHPB-CL, gift box image 006SHPB- for present box effect (PBP-E) targeted for execution of pseudo continuous notice effect (YEP-E)
CL) is displayed, but in the scene of FIG. 9-23 (A) (the scene immediately before T14), (T
10 to T13), since the execution of the simulated consecutive notice effect (YEP-E) has ended, one gift box image 006SHPB-CL (button notice effect (YEP-C
), only the present box image 006SHPB-CL) of the present box effect (PBP-C) is displayed.

FIG. 9-23(B) shows the scene (T14 scene in FIG. 9-13) developed into Super Reach.

FIG. 9-23(C) shows a scene in which one present box image 006SHPB-CL is changed to a present box image 006SHPB-OP (scene of T15 in FIG. 9-13). In the scene of FIG. 9-23(C), the item corresponding to the button notice effect corresponds to the change of the present box image 006SHPB-CL to the present box image 006SHPB-OP (corresponding to the opening of the present box). An image (item image with a button image drawn) is displayed.

FIGS. 9-24 (A) and (B) are scenes (scenes from T16 to T17 in FIG. 9-13) in which the button announcement effect (YEP-C1) is performed. In FIG. 9-24(A), the button image 006S
HYKE-BU is displayed, and by pressing the button, a weak cut-in image 006SHYKE-JCI is displayed in FIG. 9-24(A).

FIG. 9-24(C) shows a scene (scene just before Ta21 in FIG. 9-13) immediately before the losing symbol is displayed in super reach (super reach B). Figure 9-25 (A) (
B) is a scene (Ta21 to Ta22 scenes in FIG. 9-13) in which the lost symbols are displayed. In FIG. 9-25(A), a small pattern "767" is displayed, and in FIG. 9-25(B), a decorative pattern "767" is displayed.

FIG. 9-25(C) shows a scene (Ta22 to Ta23 in FIG. 9-13) in which a special eye-catching effect (SEP-EYE2) is being performed. In FIG. 9-25(C), an eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE2 (a character image of a yukata with a goldfish pattern), which is a special mode, is displayed. Also, as shown in FIG. 9-25(C), the eye-catching image 006SHS
During the display of EP-EYE2 (similarly during the display of an eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE1, not shown), the small pattern "767" is visible. In addition, "" illustrated at the four corners of each number "7""6""7" of the small pattern "767" in Fig. 9-25 (C) is the small pattern "7
67" is swaying. In addition, the small pattern "767" in Fig. 9-25 (C)
Instead of or in addition, the small pattern "767" in FIG. 9-25(A) may also sway.

It should be noted that during the display of the eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE2 (the same applies during the display of the eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE1 not shown), the reach-compatible small patterns (such as the above shaking small pattern "767") are A small pattern (a small pattern that is stopped and displayed by a pattern confirmation command) may be visible at all times.

During the display of the eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE2 (similarly during the display of the eye-catching image 006SHSEP-EYE1 not shown), the active display 006SHAH,
Even if the reserved display, the reserved number display (the first reserved memory number corresponding to the first special game and the second reserved memory number corresponding to the second special game are indicated by numbers etc.) good.

FIGS. 9-26 and 9-27 are diagrams showing an example of the effect operation related to the characteristic part 006SH. Specifically, FIGS. 9-26 and 9-27 show an example of a part of the scene in the example shown in FIG. 9-14. 26(B) → Figure 9-26(C)
→ Fig. 9-27 (A) → Fig. 9-27 (B) → Fig. 9-27 (C).

FIG. 9-26(A) shows five gift box images 006SHPB-CL (gift box image 006SHPB-CL of present box effect (PBP-A) targeted for execution of cut-in notice effect (YEP-A), Present box image 006SHPB of present box effect (PBP-B) for execution of group announcement effect (YEP-B)
- CL, present box effect (P
BP-C) gift box image 006SHPB-CL, role announcement production (YEP-D
) present box image 006SHPB-CL for the present box effect (PBP-D) for the execution of ), present box image for the present box effect (PBP-E) for the execution of the simulated consecutive notice effect (YEP-E) 006SHPB-CL) is displayed (the scene of T1 in FIG. 9-14).

Fig. 9-26(B) shows the final present box image 006SHPB-CL (present box image 006SHPB- for the present box effect (PBP-D) for execution of the character preview effect (YEP-D). CL) is present box image 006SHP
This is the scene just before the change to B-OP (the scene just before T18 in FIG. 9-14).

FIG. 9-26(C) is a scene (scene of T18 in FIG. 9-14) in which the present box image 006SHPB-CL is changed to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. In the scene of FIG. 9-26(C), the present box image 006SHPB-CL corresponds to the present box image 006SHPB-OP changing to the present box image 006SHPB-OP (corresponding to the opening of the present box), and corresponds to the role announcement effect. An item image (item image in which the movable body 006SH32 is drawn) is displayed.

FIG. 9-27(A) shows a scene (scenes from T19 to T20 in FIG. 9-14) in which the character object announcement effect (YEP-D) is performed. In FIG. 9-27(A), the movable body 006SH32 is in motion.

Figures 9-27 (B) and (C) show the scene where the jackpot pattern is displayed (Tb21 to T in Figure 9-14).
b22 scene). In FIG. 9-27(B), a small pattern "777" is displayed, and FIG.
In 7(C), a decoration pattern "777" is displayed.

(Regarding Modified Example of Game Machine Related to Characteristic Part 006SH)
Next, a modified example of the game machine related to the characteristic portion 006SH will be described.

(Modification 1 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above description, after the present box image 006SHPB-CL changes to the present box image 006SHPB-OP (after the present box is opened), the present box image 006SHPB-OP and the item image are deleted. , one of which may be erased and the other may remain displayed without being erased. Also, both of them may continue to be displayed without being erased.

(Modification 2 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above description, when the present box image 006SHPB-CL changes to the present box image 006SHPB-OP, the item image corresponding to one notice effect that is actually executed is displayed (for example, FIG. 9-20 ( In B), an item image corresponding to the group notice effect to be executed in FIG. You may display the item image corresponding to . For example, in FIG. 9-20(B), an item image corresponding to the group announcement effect and the pseudo-continuous announcement effect (for example, the item image indicated as "group/re", etc.) may be displayed.

(Modification 3 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above description, an example was described in which the item image was displayed when the present box image 006SHPB-CL changed to the present box image 006SHPB-OP.
It is not necessary to display the item image when changing to OP. If the item image is displayed when the present box image 006SHPB-CL changes to the present box image 006SHPB-OP, the item image will be displayed when the present box image 006SHPB-CL changes to the present box image 006SHPB-OP. The degree of expectation for a big hit may be changed depending on when the game is not played.

(Modification 4 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above example, the present box image 006SHPB-CL is displayed at a constant timing, but the present box image 006SHPB-CL may be displayed at any one of a plurality of timings. Present box image 006SHPB-C
Depending on the timing at which L is displayed, the degree of expectation for a big hit may be varied.

(Modification 5 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, when displaying a plurality of present box images 006SHPB-CL,
Although an example of collectively displaying a plurality of images has been described, a plurality of present box images 006SHP
When displaying B-CL, the present box image 006SHPB-CL may be displayed one by one. The degree of expectation for a big hit may be different between when a plurality of coins are displayed collectively and when they are displayed one by one.

(Modification 6 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above description, the present box image 006SHPB-CL is simply displayed (without performing any effects), but the present box image 006SHPB-CL is displayed as an example.
is displayed (for example, the character displays the gift box image 006SHPB-CL by magic or tricks, the character displays the gift box image 006
An effect that brings SHPB-CL, etc.) may be executed. Simply present box image 0
Present box image 006SHP when 06SHPB-CL is displayed and after the effect
Depending on when B-CL is displayed, the degree of expectation of a big hit may be changed. Also, there may be times when the present box image 006SHPB-CL is displayed after the effect and times when the present box image 006SHPB-CL is not displayed after the effect. For example, there may be times when the magic is successful and the present box image 006SHPB-CL is displayed, and times when the magic is unsuccessful and the present box image 006SHPB-CL is not displayed.

(Modification 7 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above description, the present box image 006SHPB-CL is displayed at the left end of the display area of the image display device 5, but it may be displayed at another position. For example, the vicinity of the active display area 006SHAHA (see FIGS. 9-19) (for example, active display 006SH
AH, etc.). If more than one, active display area 006SHA
They may be displayed side by side near the HA.

(Modification 8 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, the execution timing of each notice effect etc. was explained in FIGS. 9-11, but FIG.
11 is an example, and each effect may be executed at other execution timings.

As an example of the advance notice effect, the cut-in notice effect will be explained. In the example of FIGS. The timing may be later than the execution start timing of the group announcement effect. In addition, in the example of FIGS. 9-11, the execution start timing of the cut-in notice effect is before development, but the cut-in notice effect execution start timing may be after development. Also, the cut-in announcement effect may be executed at any one of a plurality of timings. The degree of expectation for a big hit may be varied according to the execution start timing. Also, Fig. 9
In the example of -11, the cut-in notice effect can be executed only once at most (although there is only one execution start timing), but it may be possible to execute it twice or more (execution start timing is two places). or more).

As an example of the setting suggesting effect, the hot character effect will be explained. In the example of FIGS. It may be earlier than the execution start timing of the group announcement effect. again,
In the examples of FIGS. 9 to 11, the execution start timing of the hot characters is before development, but the execution start timing of the hot characters may be after development. The hot character effect may be executed at any one of a plurality of timings. In addition, in the example of FIGS. 9-11, the hot character effect can be executed only once at most (although there is only one execution start timing), but it may be possible to execute it twice or more (execution start timing may be at two or more locations).

(Modification 9 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above description, when the hot character effect and the pseudo consecutive notice effect overlap, the hot character effect is given priority over the pseudo consecutive notice effect ("Heat" is displayed on the front side, etc.) (Fig. 9-21). (C) reference)
, and the relationship between the hot character effect and other forewarning effects (however, character object foretelling effects are excluded) may be the same. In other words, when the setting suggestion effect (heated character effect) and the notice effect (pseudo continuous notice effect etc.) overlap, the setting suggestion effect may be prioritized.

(Modification 10 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In relation to the ninth modification, when the setting suggestion effect and the advance notice effect overlap, the one with the shorter execution time may be preferentially executed. In addition, in this embodiment, setting suggestion effect (heated character effect) and notice effect (
Since the setting suggestion effect (hot character effect) has a shorter execution time (see Fig. 9-11), the setting suggestion effect (hot character effect) and the notification effect (pseudo continuous notice effect, etc.) ) overlaps, priority is given to the setting suggestion effect (see FIG. 9-21 (C)). Also, when the setting suggestion effect and the advance notice effect overlap, the one with the lower appearance frequency may be preferentially executed. Note that the appearance frequency may be logical (calculated) or may be based on actual operating conditions (on the day, etc.).

(Modification 11 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, the setting value is one of 1 to 5, or the setting value is 6, and the hot character effect (see Fig. 9-9), Alternatively, the eye-catching effect (see FIGS. 9-10) suggesting that the setting value is any of 4 to 6 has been described as the setting value suggesting effect, but the suggestion target is not limited to the above. . For example, is it an odd number setting (whether the setting value is 1, 3, or 5), or is it an even number setting (whether the setting value is 2)?
, 4, or 6) may be executed. Also, for example,
Low setting (whether setting value is 1 or 2), medium setting (whether setting value is 3 or 4), or high setting (whether setting value is 5 or ) may be executed.

(Modification 12 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, the suggested target (heated character production: "1 to 5" or "6", eye-catching production: "1 to
3” or “4 to 6”) have explained different setting suggestion effects, but different setting suggestion effects with the same suggestion target may be executed. For example, in a certain variation (for example, super reach B (variation patterns #14, #18), when only production A is executed and only production B (jackpot reliability is the same as production A) is executed and production There are cases where neither A nor effect B is executed. %), and when the set value is 6, the normal mode effect A is executed at a rate of 25% (special mode effect A is 75%), and the effect B is executed at a rate of 25%. As the effect mode of the effect B, when the set value is 1, the normal mode effect A is executed at a rate of 99% (the special mode effect A is 0.1%), and when the set value is 6, the normal mode effect is performed. Effect A may be executed at a rate of 1% (special mode effect A is 99.9%) According to the above, both effect A and effect B have the same suggestion target ("1 to 5 or "6"), but the reliability of the set value suggestion (for example, the suggestion that the set value is "6") differs between the effects A and B. That is, the normal mode effect A Special mode production A when is executed
is executed, the normal mode effect B is executed, and the special mode effect B is executed, the reliability of the big win is the same, but when the special mode effect B is executed, the special mode The reliability (accuracy of suggestion) that the set value is 6 is higher than when the effect A of is executed.

(Modification 13 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above description, the setting value suggesting effect suggests the current setting value, but it may also indicate whether or not the setting value is to be changed. A hot character effect (or an eye-catching effect) may suggest whether or not the setting value is to be changed, or a setting suggesting effect different from the hot character effect or eye-catching effect may indicate whether or not the setting value is to be changed. You may make it

(Modification 14 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, an example was explained in which the action of the player is not involved when the set value suggesting effect is executed, but the action of the player may be involved when the set value suggesting effect is executed. As an example, a promotion effect that encourages the player to perform an action (button operation, screen touch, operation of a model (lever, sword, gun, etc.) provided on the outer frame, etc.) within a predetermined period before the start of execution of the hot character effect. and run
If there is an action of the player within the predetermined period, the hot character effect may be executed (
If there is no movement of the player within the predetermined period, the hot character effect may not always be executed, or the hot character effect may be executed or not executed).

(Modification 15 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, the eye-catching effect was explained as the setting suggestion effect that is executed when the hit is lost without being executed when the big hit occurs. is not limited to eye-catching production. For example, a scene in which a friendly character is defeated by an enemy character in the super reach of a battle (for example, FIG. 9
-25 (A), etc.), the enemy character (or the dialogue of the friendly character) executes a dialogue production in which one of a plurality of types of dialogue is emitted, and the set value is suggested according to the type of dialogue emitted. can be For example, when the setting value is any one of 1 to 3, 65% of dialogue A and 35% of dialogue B are determined as the dialogue of the enemy character. Speech A is 35 as the character's speech
%, and serif B may be determined at a 65% determination rate. For example, if the set value is one of 1 to 3, no dialogue is determined by 60%, the dialogue of the enemy character is 30%, and the dialogue of the ally character is determined by 10%. If the above is the case, the determination ratio may be 60% for no dialogue, 10% for enemy character dialogue, and 30% for ally character dialogue.

It should be noted that the scene where the ally character is defeated by the enemy character (for example, the scene in FIG. 9-25(A), etc.) is changed to the scene in which the ally character wins over the enemy character (for example, the scene in FIG. 9-27(B), etc.). If there is a possibility that a transitional reversal effect will be executed, the dialogue effect as described above may not be executed in a scene where the ally character is defeated by the enemy character.
Alternatively, after the execution of the reverse effect is completely denied (timing after the timing of executing the reverse effect), the dialogue effect as described above may be executed.

(Modification 16 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, the setting suggestion effect (eye-catching effect) that is executed when the hit is not performed when the hit is a big hit, and the setting suggestion effect (hot character However, it is also possible to provide a setting suggestive effect which is not executed when the game is lost but is executed when the game is a big hit. For example, it is possible to execute a big win determination notification performance for notifying a big win during variable display, there are a plurality of types of performance modes of the big win determination notification performance, and a set value (or setting change) is suggested in a special mode. You may do so.

As an example, it is possible to execute a determination notification effect in which the game effect lamp 9 emits rainbow color light during the variable display, and when it is in a normal light emission mode (for example, blinking at a normal speed), it notifies the confirmation of the big win and emits special light. When it is in a mode (for example, flashing of a special speed), it may be possible to notify the decision of a big hit and suggest a setting value (or setting change). As another example, it is possible to execute a fixed notification effect (full rotation effect) that rotates the decorative pattern with the numbers aligned during the variable display, and a normal effect mode (for example, full rotation in the forward direction from top to bottom) When it is , it informs the confirmation of the big hit, and when it is a special performance mode (for example, full rotation in the reverse direction from the bottom to the top), it informs the confirmation of the big hit and suggests a set value (or setting change). can be

(Modification 17 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, as the notice effects, cut-in notice effects (YEP-A1, YEP-A2), group notice effects (YEP-B), button notice effects (YEP-C1, YEP-C2), character object notice effects (YEP- D), the example of executing the pseudo continuous advance notice effect (YEP-E) has been described, but the notice effect is not limited to this. For example, it is also possible to execute advance notice effects as shown in FIGS. 9-2 (D), (E) and (F). In the examples shown in FIGS. 9-2(D), (E), and (F), during the reach, the background image is rendered as if it were broken like glass, which develops into super reach.

(Modification 18 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above, for example, in the case of executing the cut-in notice effect (YEP-A), the present box effect (PBP-A) that targets the execution of the cut-in notice effect (PBP-A)
For example, when executing the notice effect, the present box effect is executed with the execution of the notice effect as the target. You may For example, in the case of executing the advance notice effect, the timer effect may be executed in place of or in addition to the present box effect, targeting the execution of the advance notice effect.

For example, a timer image showing the remaining time (see, for example, FIG. 9-5 (C)) is displayed, the remaining time is gradually decreased, and a timer image with zero remaining time (for example, FIG. 9-5 (D) )) is displayed, the item image may be displayed (or the item image may not be displayed), and any advance notice effect may be executed. The degree of expectation for a big win may be different between when the present box image 006SHPB-CL is displayed and when the timer image is displayed.

Also, the present box image and the timer image may be displayed at the same time. For example, when executing a cut-in notice effect (YEP-A) and a group notice effect (YEP), two present box images are displayed (a present box image corresponding to the cut-in notice effect and a group notice effect). When a gift box image corresponding to the effect is displayed), or when two timer images are displayed (a timer image corresponding to the cut-in notice effect and a timer image corresponding to the group notice effect are displayed) case), or when one present box image and one timer image are displayed (when the present box image corresponding to the cut-in notice effect and the timer image corresponding to the group notice effect are displayed, There may be a case where a timer image corresponding to the cut-in notice effect and a present box image corresponding to the group notice effect are displayed. In the case of executing a plurality of advance notice effects, the degree of expectation for a big win may be varied between when the present box image and the timer image are displayed simultaneously and when they are not displayed simultaneously.

The timers in the timer images shown in FIGS. 9-5(C) and (D) are digital type timers (timers that display the remaining time by a numerical value), but needle type timers (the remaining time is displayed by the position of the needle, etc.). timer) may be used. Also, the timer may not be used as long as it indicates the remaining time (for example, an hourglass or the like may be used). Any kind (digital type timer,
Depending on whether a needle-shaped timer, an hourglass, etc.) is displayed, the degree of expectation for a big win may be varied.

In addition, when displaying a plurality of timer images, they may be displayed side by side (for example, FIG. 9-5
(E)), or the number may be displayed without arranging (for example, see FIG. 9-5 (F)). The number of present box images may also be displayed without arranging them.

(Modification 19 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above embodiment, the set value is suggested by the heated character effect or the eye-catching effect.
Suggesting the setting value is not limited to the hot character effect and the eye-catching effect.

As an example, the setting suggesting effect may be executed in an effect (for example, a mini character effect, etc.) that is performed in a period such as before the reach or the period before the pseudo continuous temporary stop. The present box effect or the like may not be executed for the setting suggestion effect (that is, the execution of the mini character effect or the like should be prevented from being suggested by opening the present box).

As another example, the setting value may be suggested by present box presentation.
Specifically, for example, in the present box rendering, in addition to the present box image of the normal mode (see FIGS. 9-5 (A) and (B)), the present box image of the special mode (for example, FIG. 9-5 (G)) (H)) can be displayed, the present box image in the normal mode suggests execution of any advance notice effect, the present box image in special mode suggests execution of any notice effect, and the set value (or , setting change) may be suggested. In addition, the present box image 006SHPB2-CL in FIG. 9-5 (G) is shown in FIG. 9-5 (A)
The display mode (pattern in this example) is different from the present box image 006SHPB-CL.
The present box image 006SHPB2-OP in FIG. 9-5(H) differs from the present box image 006SHPB-CL in FIG. 9-5(B) in display mode (pattern in this example).

As another example, a set value may be suggested by a timer effect. In particular,
For example, in the timer effect, in addition to the normal mode timer image (see FIGS. 9-5 (C) and (D)), a special mode timer image (for example, see FIGS. 9-5 (I) and (J)) can be displayed. The timer image in the normal mode suggests execution of any of the advance notice effects, and the timer image in the special mode suggests the execution of any advance notice effects as well as setting values (or setting changes). good too. Note that the timer image in FIG. 9-5(I) differs from the timer image in FIG. 9-5(C) in display mode (in this example, the presence or absence of a bell). The timer image in FIG. 9-5(J) differs from the timer image in FIG. 9-5(D) in display mode (in this example, the presence or absence of a bell).

(Modification 20 of characteristic portion 006SH)
In the above description, the present box image (present box effect) is determined in the variable display start setting process (step S171) (FIGS. 7, 9-16, 9-1).
7), the present box image may be determined in the advance notice setting process (step S161). In the mode in which the present box image is determined in the variable display start setting process (step S171), the present box image is determined based on whether or not the advance notice effect is executed and the variation pattern (see FIG. 9-7). When determining the present box image in the reading notice setting process (step S161),
The present box image may be determined based on the contents of the received pattern designation command or variable category designation command. A plurality of present box images may be collectively determined in the pre-reading notice setting process at the time of one start winning, or one present box image may be decided in the pre-reading notice setting process at the time of each start prize. good too. In other words, a plurality of present box images may be associated with one variation,
One gift box image may be associated with each variation.

It should be noted that "suggestion of set value" only makes the user recognize that there is a high possibility that it is a certain set value (or a set value within a certain range), and that it is a certain set value (or a set value within a certain range). may not be definitely reported, and a certain set value (or a set value within a certain range) may be definitely reported. For example, for a certain effect or a certain display, etc., by not deciding when it is a low setting (for example, set value 3 or less), the effect or display etc. can be set at high setting (for example, set value 4 or less) It will definitely notify you of something.

In addition, in the above explanation, since the display result (loss, jackpot) is included in the variation pattern (
For example, variation pattern #13 includes not only super reach A being executed but also losing, and variation pattern #17 includes not only super reach A being executed but also becoming a big hit), By using the variation pattern (contents of the variation pattern specification command) without using the display result (contents of the variable display result notification command, etc.), various effects (notice effect, present box effect, setting suggestion effect, etc.) can be determined. (for example, Fig. 9
-3, Fig. 9-4, Fig. 9-7, Fig. 9-9, Fig. 9-10), display results (contents of variable display result notification command, etc.), various effects (notice effects, present box effect, setting suggestion effect, etc.) may be determined.

(Application to other equipment)
In the above, an example of application to a pachinko game machine has been described, but application to a slot machine is also possible. For example, in a certain state (for example, a state that is not in an advantageous state), periodically (for each fixed number of games, for each number of games within a predetermined range), it is determined whether to transition to another state (for example, an advantageous state) than normal. In a slot machine that draws lots with a high probability, multiple types of advance notice effects with different expectations of transition to other states and specific displays (gift box images, timer images, etc.) corresponding to the notice effects to be executed are displayed. The specific effect to be displayed can be executed, and the setting suggestion effect can be changed to another state (
Execution is possible when not controlled to an advantageous state), and when a specific display corresponding to the advance notice performance is displayed before the advance notice performance is executed, and when the specific display corresponding to the advance notice performance is not displayed before the advance notice performance is executed. When the specific display corresponding to the notice effect is displayed before the notice effect is executed, the display mode of the specific display is changed to the special mode before the notice effect is executed, and the notice effect is executed before the notice effect is executed. When the specific display corresponding to the notice effect is displayed, the ratio of control to another state (advantageous state) is higher than when the specific display corresponding to the notice effect is not displayed before the notice effect is executed. Alternatively, when the setting suggestion effect is executed, the specific display corresponding to the setting suggestion effect may not be displayed.

Alternatively, in a slot machine that draws with a high probability whether a first advantageous state (e.g., CZ, bonus game, etc.) transitions to a second advantageous state (e.g., AT state, ART state, etc.), the first In an advantageous state, it is possible to execute a plurality of types of advance notice effects with different expectations of transition to the second advantageous state, and specific effects that display specific displays (gift box image, timer image, etc.) corresponding to the advance notice effect. and can be executed when the setting suggestive effect is not controlled to the second advantageous state, and when a specific display corresponding to the advance notice effect is displayed before the advance notice effect is executed, and when the advance notice effect is executed before the advance notice effect is executed. There are times when the specific display corresponding to is not displayed, and when the specific display corresponding to the advance notice effect is displayed before the advance notice effect is executed, the display mode of the specific display is changed to a special mode before the advance notice effect is executed. When the specific display corresponding to the advance notice effect is displayed before the advance notice effect is executed, it is in a second advantageous state than when the specific display corresponding to the advance notice effect is not displayed before the advance notice effect is executed. When the control ratio is high and the setting suggestion effect is executed, the specific display may not be displayed corresponding to the setting suggestion effect.

(Description of means related to characteristic part 006SH)
(Means B1 related to characteristic part 006SH)
A gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1, a slot machine, etc.) that can be controlled to an advantageous state (jackpot game state, bonus game, etc.) advantageous to the player, and a disadvantageous set value and a player's preference than the disadvantageous set value. a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values including an advantageous setting value having a high degree of advantage for the player; , The effect execution means includes a plurality of types of advance notice effects (for example, cut-in notice effects, group notice effects, etc. shown in FIG. 9-1) and specific displays corresponding to the notice effects (for example, 9-5, the present box image, timer image, etc.) can be executed, and a setting suggestion effect related to the setting means (for example, FIG. 9-8 (A
) can be executed when not controlled to the advantageous state (for example, it can be executed from Ta22 to Ta23 as shown in FIG. 9-11), and before the execution of the notice effect There are times when the specific display corresponding to the advance notice effect is displayed, and times when the specific display corresponding to the notice effect is not displayed before the execution of the notice effect (for example, FIG. 9-
7), when the specific display corresponding to the advance notice effect is displayed before the advance notice effect is executed, the specific display is displayed before the advance notice effect is executed. The mode is changed to a special mode (for example, as shown in FIG. 9-6, the present box image 006SHPB-CL is changed to the present box image 006SHPB-OP), and the previous notice effect is performed before the notice effect is executed. When the specific display is displayed, the ratio of control to the advantageous state is higher than when the specific display corresponding to the advance notice effect is not displayed before execution of the notice effect (for example, FIG. 9- 7), when the setting suggestion effect is executed, the specific display corresponding to the setting suggestion effect is not displayed (for example, FIG. 9-11 shows As shown,
The cut-in notice effect, group notice effect, pseudo-continuous notice effect, button notice effect, and role notice effect are subject to the present box, but the hot character effect and eye-catching effect are not subject to the present box).

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to suppress the decline in interest in the game. In other words, if the setting suggestion effect is included as the target of the specific display, the player guesses that the setting suggestion effect will not control to an advantageous state, and the player's sense of expectation is reduced and the interest in the game is lost. However, in the gaming machine, since the setting suggestion effect is not included as a target of the specific display, it is possible to suppress the decrease in interest in the game.

(Means B2 related to characteristic part 006SH)
The game machine of the means B1 is not executed when the game machine is controlled to the advantageous state, and is executable when the advantageous state is not controlled (for example, the eye-catching effect shown in FIGS. 9-10). etc.), and a second setting suggestion effect (for example, hot character effect shown in FIG. 9-9) that can be executed either when the control is in the advantageous state or when the control is not in the advantageous state;
is executable.

According to the gaming machine described above, since it is possible to execute a plurality of types of setting suggestion effects with different executable scenes, it is possible to improve the interest of the game. In addition, the game machine of the means 1 does not execute when the control is not in the advantageous state, and is executable when the control is in the advantageous state.
It may be possible to execute a setting suggesting effect (for example, a confirmation notification effect as exemplified in the modified example, etc.).

(Means B3 related to characteristic portion 006SH)
The game machine of the above means B1 or B2 has a plurality of types of setting suggestion effects (for example, hot character effects shown in FIGS. 9-9, eye-catching effects shown in FIGS. directing, etc.) can be executed.

According to the gaming machine described above, since it is possible to execute a plurality of types of setting suggestion effects with different suggestion accuracies, the amusement of the game can be improved.

(Means B4 related to characteristic portion 006SH)
The game machine of the means B1 to B3 is capable of executing variable display of identification information, and includes a prefetch determination means for prefetching whether or not to be controlled to the advantageous state, wherein the specific display is based on the prefetch determination. (For example, display of the present box image may be determined in the pre-reading notice setting process (step S161)).

According to the gaming machine, based on the look-ahead determination, the specific display can be displayed, for example, before the change starts, so that the amusement of the game can be improved.

(Means B5 related to characteristic portion 006SH)
The game machine of the above means B1 to B4 can display a plurality of the specific displays (see, for example, FIGS. is more likely to be controlled to the above-mentioned advantageous state than the singular.

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to make the player pay attention to the display number of the specific display and improve the interest of the game.

(Means B6 related to characteristic portion 006SH)
In the game machine of the means B1 to B5, there are a plurality of display modes of the specific display (see, for example, FIG. 9-5), and the display mode of the specific display may suggest the setting means. .

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to make the player pay attention to the display mode of the specific display, thereby enhancing the amusement of the game.

(Means B7 related to characteristic portion 006SH)
The gaming machine of the above means B1 to B6 includes the execution period of the notice effect (for example, the execution period of the pseudo continuous notice effect in FIG. 9-11) and the execution period of the setting suggestion effect (for example, FIG. 9-11 (execution period of heat character effect, etc.) overlaps, the setting suggestion effect is preferentially executed over the notice effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 9-21 (C), “heat” is changed to “ Re” is displayed on the front side).

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to prevent a disadvantage from being overlooked.

(Means B8 related to characteristic portion 006SH)
In the game machines of the means B1 to B7, the determination of whether to execute the setting suggestion effect and the determination of whether to execute the advance notice effect are performed independently. For example, execution or non-execution of the setting suggestive effect is determined in the effect determination process B (see FIG. 9-18), and execution or non-execution of the advance notice effect is determined by the effect determination process A (see FIGS. 9-15 to 9-17). be done.

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to suitably execute the setting suggestion effect and the advance notice effect.
Also, the design becomes easier.

(Means B9 related to characteristic portion 006SH)
The game machine of the means B1 to B8 may be capable of executing variable display of identification information, and may be capable of executing the setting suggesting effect at a plurality of timings within the variable display period of the identification information.

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to make the player pay attention to a plurality of timings and improve the amusement of the game. In addition, since it can be executed at a plurality of timings, it is possible to maintain a feeling of anticipation as to whether or not the setting suggestion effect will be executed.

(Description on Characteristic Portion 018SH)
Next, the game machine related to the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. The gaming machine related to the characteristic part 018SH is a gaming machine capable of playing games. In this embodiment, a pachinko game machine 1 that can be controlled to an advantageous state for the player will be described as an example. Advantageous conditions are, for example,
It is in a jackpot game state.

The pachinko game machine 1 according to the characteristic part 018SH includes effect executing means and setting means.
The effect execution means is realized by the effect control CPU 120 of the effect control board 12, for example. A setting means is realized by the CPU 103 of the main substrate 11, for example.

The effect executing means can execute the effect. The effect executing means can execute a plurality of types of advance notice effects. The advance notice effect gives notice of the reliability of the big hit in the variable display being executed. Incidentally, in the following description, the jackpot reliability and the jackpot expectation are synonymous. The multiple types of advance notice effects include, for example, a character notice effect capable of displaying a specific character, a title notice effect capable of displaying the Super Reach title, and a button notice effect capable of displaying a cut-in image in response to the operation of the push button 31B. , push button 31B or stick controller 31
There are a role announcement effect and a pseudo continuous announcement effect in which the movable body 027SH32 (accessory) can be moved according to the operation of A.

In addition, each announcement effect has a plurality of aspects corresponding to the degree of expectation for a big hit. Taking the character notice effect as an example, the character notice effect includes a weak character notice effect mode with a low big hit expectation and a strong character notice effect mode with a higher big hit expectation than the weak character notice effect. again,
The notice effects are not limited to the above-mentioned types of notice effects, but also include pre-reading notice effects such as pending display and active display, step-up notice effects in which the effects develop in stages, notice effects in which a group of characters can be displayed, and predetermined Including other notice effects such as a notice effect in which the lamp can be lit and a notice effect in which a predetermined sound can be output.

The effect executing means can execute a preliminary effect of displaying one of a plurality of types of special display before executing the advance notice effect. The special display is an effect related to the related effect described later.
For example, the special display is display of an item image used in the related effect, display of a character image displayed in the related effect, or the like. In the present embodiment, the special display is display of weapon images, for example. More specifically, the weapon image is, for example, a revolver image, a hand grenade image, a machine gun image, a rocket launcher image, a tank image, or the like.

The pre-production is a production that suggests that a related production will be performed after that. For example, the pre-rendering is a rendition using a rendition image that operates in a manner suggesting the execution timing of the advance notice rendition. The execution timing of the notice effect here may be the timing at which the notice effect is started, or the timing at which the related effect performed immediately before the notice effect is started. The pre-performance
For example, it includes a timer effect that suggests the time (timer) until the related effect is started. The timer effect is, for example, an effect that counts down (subtracts) or counts up (adds) the remaining time until the start of the related effect. Further, the mode of displaying the timer effect may be a mode in which the remaining time is indicated numerically, or a mode in which the remaining time is indicated by a gauge.

Moreover, after the special display is displayed, the effect executing means can execute a type of related effect corresponding to the type of the special display among the plurality of types. The related effect is a effect that suggests the type of advance notice effect to be performed thereafter. For example, the related effects are effects using a special display and effects associated with the special display. Specifically, for example, if the special display is a revolver, the related effect is, for example, a effect in which a bullet fired from the revolver is displayed together with the character and can hit the target. By doing so, it is suggested that the character forewarning effect by the character will be performed. Note that, hereinafter, a related effect using a revolver may be referred to as a “revolver related effect”.

Also, the effect executing means can execute a notification effect for notifying that the control is in an advantageous state. The notification effect includes, for example, a reach effect such as a normal reach jackpot or a super reach jackpot. Specifically, the notification effects include, for example, variation pattern #16 (variation pattern that results in a big hit with normal reach), variation pattern #17 (variation pattern that develops from normal reach to super reach A and results in a big hit), and variation patterns. #18 (variation pattern that develops from normal reach to super reach B and becomes a big hit).

The effect executing means can execute a common notification effect even if any type of related effect is executed. Specifically, in the present embodiment, determination of the variation pattern and determination of the advance notice effect are performed separately. Therefore, for example, when the variation pattern #17 in which the super reach A effect is performed is determined in the determination of the variation pattern, there are times when the notice effect is performed and times when the notice effect is not performed. Further, in the present embodiment, when the announcement effect is performed, there are times when the preliminary effect and the related effect are performed and times when they are not performed. Therefore, the effect executing means can execute the super reach A effect by the variation pattern #17 both when the related effect is performed and when the related effect is not performed. That is, the effect executing means can execute a common notification effect even if any type of related effect is executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, the selection ratio of the type of advance notice effect to be executed differs depending on the type of related effect. For example, when a revolver-related effect is performed, the proportion of the character advance notice effect being performed is high, and the proportion of the notice effect other than the character notice effect being performed is low. In this embodiment, when the revolver-related effect is performed, the proportion of the character notice effect being performed is 100%, and the proportion of the notice effect other than the character notice effect being performed is 0%.

Moreover, in the present embodiment, there are a plurality of presentation modes of the preliminary presentation. Specifically, the effect mode of the preliminary effect is, for example, a plurality of modes in which the length of the timer in the timer effect is different.
Specifically, the timer (mode) set in the timer effect is, for example, 15 seconds, 30
One of seconds, 40 seconds, and 50 seconds. For example, the jackpot expectation for each aspect is
It is higher when the timer that is set is longer than when it is short. Also, for example, a 15 second timer is half the period of a 30 second timer. This makes it possible to flexibly respond to changes in presentation at the design stage. From the same point of view, the 40-second timer can be set to 1
45 seconds, which is 3 times 5 seconds, and the 50 second timer may be 60 seconds, which is 4 times 15 seconds.

Further, in the present embodiment, the ratio of the special display type to the specific type differs depending on the effect mode of the preliminary effect. Certain types of specials are either revolver, grenade, machine gun, rocket launcher, or tank specials. For example, when the effect mode of the preliminary effect is 15 seconds, the special display of the revolver is likely to be determined, and the special display of other than the revolver is less likely to be determined. In the present embodiment, when the effect mode of the preliminary effect is 15 seconds, the ratio of determining the special display of the revolver is 100%.

Further, when the effect mode of the pre-effect is 30 seconds, the special display for hand grenades is likely to be determined, and the special display for items other than hand grenades is less likely to be determined. In the present embodiment, when the effect mode of the pre-effect is 30 seconds, the rate at which the hand grenade special display is determined is 100%. Further, when the effect mode of the preliminary effect is 50 seconds, the special display of tanks is likely to be determined, and the special display of other than tanks is less likely to be determined. In the present embodiment, when the effect mode of the preliminary effect is 50 seconds, the ratio of determining the special display of the tank is 100%.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the effect executing means may execute the preliminary effect before executing the advance effect, or may not execute the preliminary effect before executing the advance effect. for example,
The performance executing means is easy to execute the preliminary performance when the preliminary performance is the weak preliminary performance, and is difficult to execute the preliminary performance when the preliminary performance is the strong preliminary performance. Further, in the present embodiment, the rate of controlling to an advantageous state differs depending on whether or not the preliminary effect is executed before the execution of the advance notice effect. For example, when the pre-rendering is executed, the rate of control to an advantageous state is higher than when the pre-rendering is not executed.

Further, in the present embodiment, the pre-production includes an introductory production. The introductory production is a production that suggests the start of the preliminary production performed before the preliminary production. The effect executing means can execute a special effect for displaying any one of a plurality of periods during which the preliminary effect is performed in the introductory effect. Specifically, the special effect is 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 40 seconds,
and a timer of 50 seconds. For example, the introductory effect is a effect in which a timer is incremented (counted up) and a timer set by a predetermined character is specified.

Further, in the present embodiment, the effect executing means can execute variable display of the decoration identification information in correspondence with the variable display of the identification information. Identification information is a special design, for example. Decoration identification information is, for example, a decoration pattern. The effect executing means can execute the notification effect after the decoration identification information is displayed in the specific mode. The specific aspect is, for example, the so-called reach aspect. The ready-to-win mode is, for example, two of a plurality of (three) decorative patterns, two of which are the same or a related decorative pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed, and the remaining one decorative pattern is a variable different from the temporarily stopped and displayed pattern. This is the manner in which display is performed.

A performance executing means does not execute a special performance using the decoration identification information during execution of the introduction performance. The special effect includes a specific aspect of the decoration identification information. Further, the special effect includes, in addition to the effect of the specific mode, effects such as a temporary stop of decorative symbols in the pseudo continuous advance notice effect and a sliding change of the decorative symbols in the pseudo continuous advance notice effect. For example, in a pseudo consecutive notice effect, a plurality of decorative symbols are temporarily stopped and displayed with the same or related patterns, and the variable display of the remaining one decorative pattern is changed to a faster variable display than the normal variable display. It is a variation that causes a temporary stop display after the In other words, the sliding variation is a variation that makes it appear as if the remaining one decorative pattern has slid.

The effect executing means can execute the special effect after executing the related effect. In the present embodiment, the effect executing means performs a ready-to-win mode effect (super ready-to-win effect) as a special effect before executing the related effect and after executing the related effect.

Further, in the present embodiment, the setting means can set any one of a plurality of set values with different degrees of advantage for the player. Multiple set values are, for example, set values "1" to
There are six types of "6".

The odds of winning the jackpot differ depending on the set value. Specifically, the probability of winning the jackpot is "6"
is the highest, and decreases in the order of "5", "4", "3", "2", and "1". That is, when the setting value "6" is set, the degree of advantage for the player is the highest, and the value decreases in the order of "5", "4", "3", "2", and "1". As the number increases, the degree of advantage for the player decreases step by step. The set values are changed by the clerk's operation of a setting change button provided inside the pachinko game machine 1 .

The effect executing means can execute a setting suggesting effect suggesting a set value when the control is not in an advantageous state. The time when control is not in an advantageous state is, for example, a variable display in which the display result of losing is derived and displayed, and a variable display of losing super reach. The setting suggesting effect is a effect suggesting the setting value itself, or a effect suggesting whether or not the setting should be changed. In the present embodiment, the setting suggestion effect is an eye-catching effect. The eye-catching effect is a effect in which an eye-catching image is displayed in such a way as to interrupt the image being displayed (so that it can be seen in the foreground).

The effect executing means can execute the setting suggesting effect, for example, after the winning decorative pattern is derived and displayed after developing into super ready-to-win. The setting suggesting effect is a effect in which an eye-catching image is displayed in such a manner as to interrupt the image in which the decoration pattern that is left after the super reach is temporarily stopped and displayed. By performing the setting suggesting effect at such timing, it is possible to prevent the player's interest in the pachinko gaming machine 1 from decreasing even if the super ready-to-win is lost.

Also, the setting suggestion effect is a effect that is not directly related to the variable display. Therefore, the setting suggestion effect can be performed at a timing that does not require consideration of the relationship with the series of effects in the variable display. Therefore, the effect executing means does not execute the preliminary effect corresponding to the setting suggestion effect. On the other hand, the related effect is a effect that is performed before the advance notice effect, and is a effect that requires consideration of the relationship with a series of effects. Therefore, the effect executing means can execute the preliminary effect corresponding to the related effect.

Further, in the present embodiment, the effect period of the related effect is a common effect period regardless of the type of the related effect. For example, when the special display is the display of an image of a machine gun or a rocket launcher, the timer in the timer effect which is the preliminary effect is the same time (for example, 40 seconds). Further, when the special display is the display of an image of a machine gun, the related effect is a related effect using the machine gun (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "machine gun related effect"). On the other hand, when the special display is the display of an image of a rocket launcher, the related effect is a related effect using the rocket launcher (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "rocket launcher related effect"). The machine gun-related effect and the rocket launcher-related effect have the same effect period. That is, the machine gun-related effect and the rocket launcher-related effect are common effect periods regardless of the type of related effect.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the effect mode of the preliminary effect includes a first element and a second element. The first element is, for example, the time (timer) set in the timer effect.
The second element is, for example, the display mode of the timer image indicating the remaining time of the timer effect. In the present embodiment, the degree of expectation to be controlled in an advantageous state differs depending on the combination of the first element and the second element. For example, there are four types of timers (first element): 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 40 seconds, and 50 seconds. The longer the time set for the timer, the higher the expectation of a big hit.

Moreover, the types of the display mode (second element) of the timer image are, for example, two types of red and white. The degree of expectation for a big hit in the timer image is higher in red than in white. There are, for example, 8 types (4 types×2 types) of combinations of the first element and the second element. For example, when the timer is 50 seconds and the timer image is red, the expectation of the big win is the highest, and when the timer is 15 seconds and the timer image is white, the expectation of the big win is the lowest.

(Explanation about the preview effect)
FIG. 10-1 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a notice effect pattern and its contents. Figure 10-
1, the "notice effect pattern" is "YEP-A", "YEP-B", "YEP-C
”, “YEP-D”, and “YEP-E”. Notice production pattern "YEP-
A” is a character preview effect. The effect content of the notice effect pattern "YEP-B" is a title notice effect. The content of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-C" is a button announcement effect. The content of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-D" is the character object announcement effect. The content of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-E" is a pseudo continuous announcement effect.

The notice effect pattern "YEP-A" includes two types of notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" and notice effect pattern "YEP-A2". Notice production pattern "YEP-A1
” is a weak character preview effect. The weak character preview effect is, for example, a effect in which a specific character wearing blue clothes appears. The content of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-A2" is a strong character announcement effect. The strong character preview effect is, for example, a effect in which a specific character wearing red clothes appears.

The notice effect pattern "YEP-B" includes two types of notice effect pattern "YEP-B1" and notice effect pattern "YEP-B2". Notice production pattern "YEP-B1
” is a weak title preview effect. The weak title announcement effect is, for example, an effect in which the title of the ready-to-win effect is displayed in blue. The content of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-B2" is a strong title announcement effect. The strong title announcement effect is, for example, an effect in which the title of the ready-to-win effect is displayed in red.

The notice effect pattern "YEP-C" includes two types of notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" and notice effect pattern "YEP-C2". Notice production pattern "YEP-C1
is a weak button announcement effect. The weak button announcement effect is, for example, an effect in which a blue cut-in image is displayed in response to the operation of the push button 31B. The content of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-C2" is a strong button announcement effect. The strong button announcement effect is, for example, an effect in which a red cut-in image is displayed in response to the operation of the push button 31B.

The notice effect pattern "YEP-D" includes two types of notice effect pattern "YEP-D1" and notice effect pattern "YEP-D2". Notice production pattern "YEP-D1
” is a preview production of a weak role. For example, the weak role object announcement effect is performed by moving the movable body 027 according to the operation of the push button 31B after the button image (the image of the push button 31B) is displayed.
This is an effect in which SH32 (character) moves. The content of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-D2" is the announcement effect of a powerful character. In the weak role announcement effect, for example, after the lever image (the image of the stick controller 31A) is displayed, the movable body 0 is displayed in response to the operation of the stick controller 31A.
27SH32 (character) is an effect.

(Explanation regarding the decision ratio of the advance notice effect)
FIGS. 10-2 and 10-3 are explanatory diagrams showing examples of determination ratios of advance notice effects. Figure 1
0-2(A) is an example of the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the character announcement effect. Figure 10-2 (A)
, “variation pattern” indicates any one of variation patterns #10-14 and #16-18 (see FIG. 8-3). The "determined rate of execution" indicates the rate at which the character announcement effect is executed. Specifically, in the case of non-reach variation patterns #10 and #11, the proportion of execution of the character announcement effect is 0%. In addition, in the case of the variation pattern #12 in which the normal reach is lost, the proportion of execution of the character announcement effect is 30%.

In the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the percentage of execution of the character announcement effect is 35%. In the case of variation pattern # 16, which is a normal reach jackpot,
The rate at which the character announcement effect is executed is 40%. In the case of variation patterns #17 and #18 that result in a super ready-to-win big hit, the percentage of execution of the character announcement effect is 45%. By setting such a determination ratio, it is easier to execute the character announcement effect for the variation pattern with a higher degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation patterns # 17 and # 18), and the variation pattern with a lower degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation Patterns #10 and #11) can make it more difficult to execute the character announcement effect.

It should be noted that the setting values 1 to 6 are common to the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the character announcement effect. i.e.
The determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the character announcement effect does not depend on the setting value. This applies not only to the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the character announcement effect, but also to the determination ratio of execution/non-execution of other announcement effects.

FIG. 10-2(B) is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the determination rate of the announcement effect pattern of the character announcement effect when it is decided to execute the character announcement effect. In FIG. 10-2(B), "variation pattern" indicates any one of variation patterns #12-14 and #16-18. The column of the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" shows the decision ratio of the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1". The column for the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2"
indicates the determination ratio of

For example, in the case of variation pattern # 12, which results in a loss of normal reach, the notice effect pattern "
90% is determined to be YEP-A1, and 10% is determined to be the announcement effect pattern "YEP-A2". Variation pattern #13, #1 that will be out of super reach
In the case of 4, the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern “YEP-A1” is 60%, and the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern “YEP-A2” is 40%. In the case of the variation pattern #16, which is a normal reach big hit, the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" is 50%, and the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is 50%.

In the case of variation patterns # 17 and # 18 that will be a super reach jackpot, the notice effect pattern "
The ratio of determination to YEP-A1” is 40%, and the percentage of determination to the announcement effect pattern “YEP-A2” is 60%. By setting such a determination ratio, it is easier to execute a strong character notice effect for a variation pattern with a high degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation patterns #17 and #18), and in the case of a variation pattern with a low degree of expectation for a big hit ( For example, the variation pattern 12) can make it easier to execute the weak character announcement effect.

FIG. 10-2(C) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the title announcement effect. Figure 10-
In 2(C), the "variation patterns" are variation patterns #13, #14, #17, #18
indicates either In addition, in FIG. 10-2 (C), fluctuation patterns # 10 to 12, # 1
5 is not listed. Supplementing this, the title announcement effect is an effect for foretelling the title of Super Reach. Therefore, in the case of fluctuation patterns #10 to #12 and #15, the fluctuation display ends before reaching super reach. From this, fluctuation pattern # 1
In the case of 0 to 12 and #15, no title announcement effect is executed. For this reason, fluctuation patterns #10 to #12 and #15 are not shown in FIG. 10-2(C).

In FIG. 10-2(C), the "determined rate of execution" indicates the rate at which the title announcement effect is executed. In the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the rate at which the title announcement effect is executed is 25%. Fluctuation pattern that becomes a super reach jackpot #
In the case of #17 and #18, the rate at which the title announcement effect is executed is 50%. By setting such a determination ratio, a variation pattern with a high degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation pattern # 1
7, #18), the title announcement performance is made easier to execute, and the title announcement performance is less likely to be executed in the case of a variation pattern (for example, variation pattern #13, #14) with a lower expectation of a big hit than this variation pattern. can do.

FIG. 10-2(D) is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the determination rate of the announcement effect pattern of the title announcement effect when it is decided to execute the title announcement effect. In FIG. 10-2(D), "variation pattern" indicates any one of variation patterns #13, #14, #17, and #18. The column of the notice effect pattern "YEP-B1" shows the determination ratio of the notice effect pattern "YEP-B1". The column of the notice effect pattern "YEP-B2" is the notice effect pattern "YEP
-B2”.

For example, in the case of fluctuation patterns #13 and #14 that result in a loss of super reach, the percentage of the announcement effect pattern “YEP-B1” determined is 70%, and the announcement effect pattern “YEP-B1” is determined.
B2” is 30%. Variation pattern # 1 that becomes a super reach jackpot
In the case of 7 and #18, the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern “YEP-B1” is 30%, and the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern “YEP-B2” is 70%. By setting such a determination ratio, a variation pattern with a high degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation pattern # 17
, #18), and in the case of a variation pattern with a lower expectation of a big hit than this variation pattern (for example, variation patterns #13, #14), a weak title announcement effect is performed. can be made easier.

Also, when comparing FIGS. 10-2 (A) and (B) with FIGS. 10-2 (C) and (D), the variation patterns with high expectations for big hits (for example, variation patterns # 17 and # 18) In this case, the strong title announcement effect is more likely to be performed than the strong character announcement effect. For this reason, in the present embodiment, the expectation of a big hit is higher in the strong title announcement effect than in the strong character announcement effect.

FIG. 10-3(E) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the button announcement effect. Figure 10-3
In (E), "variation pattern" indicates any one of variation patterns #13, #14, #17, and #18. In addition, in FIG. 10-3 (E), fluctuation patterns #10 to #12, #15
is not listed. As in the case of the title notice effect, the button notice effect is an effect performed after the development of the super reach, and in the case of the variation patterns #10 to 12 and #15, the change display is performed before reaching the super reach. ends. For this reason, variation pattern #10
12 and #15, the button announcement effect is not executed. For this reason, fluctuation patterns #10 to #12 and #15 are not shown in FIG. 10-3(E).

In FIG. 10-3(E), the "determined rate of execution" indicates the rate at which the button announcement effect is executed. In the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the ratio of execution of the button announcement effect is 20%. Fluctuation pattern # 17 that will be a super reach jackpot
, #18, the rate at which the button announcement effect is executed is 60%. By setting such a determination ratio, a variation pattern with a high degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation pattern # 17, #
In the case of 18), it is possible to make it easier to execute the button announcement performance, and to make it difficult to execute the button announcement performance in the case of a variation pattern (for example, variation pattern #13, #14) with a lower expectation of a big hit than this variation pattern. can.

FIG. 10-3(F) is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a determination ratio of the announcement effect pattern of the button announcement effect when it is decided to execute the button announcement effect. In FIG. 10-3(F), "variation pattern" indicates any one of variation patterns #13, #14, #17, and #18. The column of the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" shows the determination ratio of the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1". The column of the notice effect pattern "YEP-C2" is the notice effect pattern "YEP-C
2” is determined.

For example, in the case of fluctuation patterns #13 and #14 that result in a loss of super reach, the percentage of the announcement effect pattern “YEP-C1” determined is 80%, and the announcement effect pattern “YEP-C1” is determined.
C2” is 20%. Variation pattern # 1 that becomes a super reach jackpot
In the case of 7 and #18, the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern “YEP-C1” is 20%, and the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern “YEP-C2” is 80%. By setting such a determination ratio, a variation pattern with a high degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation pattern # 17
, #18), and in the case of a variation pattern with a lower expectation of a big hit than this variation pattern (for example, variation pattern #13, #14), a weak button announcement performance is performed. can be made easier.

Also, when comparing FIGS. 10-2 (C) and (D) with FIGS. 10-3 (E) and (F), the variation patterns with high expectations for big hits (for example, variation patterns # 17 and # 18) In this case, the strong button announcement effect is more likely to be performed than the strong title announcement effect. For this reason, in the present embodiment, the strong button announcement effect has a higher degree of expectation for a big hit than the strong title announcement effect.

FIG. 10-3(G) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the character product announcement effect. Figure 10-3 (
In G), "variation pattern" indicates any one of variation patterns #13, #14, #17, and #18. Incidentally, in FIG. 10-3(G), the variation patterns #10 to #12 and #15 are not shown. As in the case of the button announcement effect, this is an effect performed after the character object announcement effect develops into super reach, and in the case of variation patterns #10 to 12 and #15, the variation occurs before reaching super reach. Display ends. For this reason, fluctuation patterns #10-12
, #15, the character object announcement effect is not executed. For this reason, Figure 1
In 0-3 (G), variation patterns #10-12 and #15 are not described.

In FIG. 10-3(G), the "determined rate of execution" indicates the rate at which the character object announcement effect is executed. In the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the rate at which the character object announcement effect is executed is 10%. Variation patterns #17, # that will be a super reach jackpot
In the case of 18, the rate at which the button announcement effect is executed is 70%. By setting such a determination ratio, a variation pattern with a high degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation pattern # 17, # 18
), and to make it difficult to execute the performance foretelling the role in the case of a variation pattern (for example, variation patterns #13 and #14) having a lower expectation of a big hit than this variation pattern. can be done.

FIG. 10-3(H) is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the determination ratio of the announcement effect pattern of the character object announcement effect when it is decided to execute the character object announcement effect. In Figure 10-3 (H), "
"Variation pattern" indicates any one of variation patterns #13, #14, #17, and #18. The column of the notice effect pattern "YEP-D1" shows the decision ratio of the notice effect pattern "YEP-D1". The column for the notice effect pattern "YEP-D2" is the notice effect pattern "YEP-D2"
indicates the determination ratio of

For example, in the case of fluctuation patterns #13 and #14, which result in a loss of super reach, the percentage of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-D1" determined is 90%, and the announcement effect pattern "YEP-
D2” is 10%. Variation pattern # 1 that becomes a super reach jackpot
In the case of 7 and #18, the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern “YEP-D1” is 10%, and the ratio of determination to the notice effect pattern “YEP-D2” is 90%. By setting such a determination ratio, a variation pattern with a high degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation pattern # 17
, #18), and in the case of a variation pattern with a lower expectation of a big hit than this variation pattern (for example, variation patterns #13, #14), a weak role announcement performance is performed. can be made easier to implement.

Also, when comparing FIGS. 10-3 (E) and (F) with FIGS. 10-3 (G) and (H), the variation patterns with high expectations for big hits (for example, variation patterns #17 and #18) In this case, it is easier to perform the strong character object announcement effect than the strong button announcement effect. For this reason, in the present embodiment, the expectation of a big hit is higher in the strong role announcement effect than in the strong button announcement effect.

FIG. 10-3(I) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the pseudo consecutive notice effect. Figure 10-3
In (I), "variation pattern" indicates any one of variation patterns #10-14 and #16-18. The “determined rate of execution” indicates the rate at which the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect is executed. In the case of fluctuation patterns #10 and #11 of non-reach out, the rate of execution of the pseudo-continuous notice effect is 0%
is. Further, in the case of the variation pattern #12 in which the normal reach is lost, the rate at which the pseudo-continuous notice effect is executed is 5%.

In the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the rate of execution of the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect is 50%. In the case of variation pattern # 16, which is a normal reach jackpot,
The rate at which the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect is executed is 50%. In the case of variation patterns #17 and #18 that result in a super reach jackpot, the rate at which the pseudo-continuous notice effect is executed is 60%. By setting such a determination ratio, it is easier to execute the pseudo-continuous notice effect for the variation pattern with a higher degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, variation patterns #17 and #18), and the variation pattern with a lower degree of expectation for a big hit (for example, The more variation patterns #10 and #11), the more difficult it is to execute the pseudo consecutive notice effects.

(Explanation on the flow of a series of productions in which the advance notice production is performed)
Next, using FIGS. 10-4 to 10-7, regarding the flow of a series of effects in which the notice effect is performed, the variation pattern # 18 (super reach jackpot that develops into super reach B) that can execute a common notification effect variable display) will be described as an example. FIG. 10-4 is an explanatory diagram showing the timing of each effect including the timer effect and the related effect intended for the character preview effect.
As shown in FIG. 10-4, in the case of the super reach jackpot of variation pattern #18, variable display is started at timing t0. In addition, below, the variable display before becoming a reach mode is called "normal variation." Timing t1 is the timing at which the introductory effect is performed. In the introductory effect, a timer is set in the subsequent timer effect. For example, the timer set when the character announcement effect is performed is 15 seconds.

Timing t2 is the start timing of normal reach and the start timing of timer effect. In FIG. 10-4, a countdown of 15 seconds is performed in the timer effect. During this 15 second countdown, the weapon as a special display (e.g. revolver)
is displayed. It should be noted that, when it is determined that the pseudo consecutive notice effect is to be executed, the pseudo consecutive notice effect is performed at the timing t2 instead of the normal reach. Also, the pseudo consecutive notice effect may be performed before the timing t1, that is, before the introductory effect.

Timing ts is the timing at which the remaining time in the timer effect becomes "0" and the related effect (revolver related effect) is started. In the revolver-related effect, a effect image showing sniping using the weapon (revolver) acquired in the timer effect is displayed. Then, at timing t3 after this sniping, the character announcement effect using the character image 018SH400 is started. In the present embodiment, the character preview effect performed after the revolver-related effect is the strong character preview effect.

Timing t4 is the timing at which Super Reach B is started. timing t5
is the timing at which the title announcement effect can be executed. When it is determined that the title announcement effect is to be executed, the title announcement effect is performed at timing t5. Timing t6 is the timing at which the button announcement effect can be executed. When it is determined that the button announcement effect is to be executed, the button announcement effect is performed at timing t6.
Timing t7 is the timing at which the character product announcement effect can be executed. When it is determined that the character product announcement effect is to be executed, the character product announcement effect is performed at timing t7.

Timing t8 is the timing at which a re-lottery is performed by temporarily stopping and displaying the same or related decorative symbols. In the re-lottery, for example, the symbols temporarily stopped and displayed at timing t8 may be stopped and displayed, or a so-called promotion performance may be performed in which the symbols indicating the normal big win are promoted to the symbols indicating the probability variable big win. Timing t9 is the symbol stop timing.

FIG. 10-5 is an explanatory diagram showing the timing of each effect including the timer effect and the related effect targeted for the title announcement effect. In the following description, contents similar to those described with reference to FIG. 10-4 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof are omitted. In FIG. 10-5, a timer of 30 seconds is set in the introductory effect started at timing t1.

A countdown of 30 seconds is performed in the timer effect that starts at timing t2. During this 30-second countdown, an effect image for obtaining a weapon (for example, a hand grenade) is displayed as a special display. When it is determined that the character announcement effect is to be executed, the character announcement effect is performed at timing t3.

In the related effect started at timing ts, an effect image showing an explosion using the weapon (grenade) acquired in the timer effect is displayed. Incidentally, the related effect shown in FIG. 10-5 may be called "grenade related effect". Then, at the timing t5 after the explosion, the title preview image 018SH401 is displayed, and the title preview effect is started. In the present embodiment, the title announcement effect performed after the grenade-related effect is the strong title announcement effect.

Further, when it is determined that the button announcement effect is to be executed, the button announcement effect is performed at timing t6. Furthermore, when it is determined that the character product announcement effect is to be executed, the character product announcement effect is performed at timing t7.

FIG. 10-6 is an explanatory diagram showing the timing of each effect including the timer effect and the related effect targeted for the button advance notice effect. In FIG. 10-6, a timer of 40 seconds is set in the introductory effect started at timing t1.

A countdown of 40 seconds is performed in the timer effect that starts at timing t2. During this 40-second countdown, an effect image for obtaining a weapon (for example, a machine gun or a rocket launcher) is displayed as a special display. A lottery will determine which machine gun or rocket launcher is displayed. Therefore, when the weapon as the special display is a machine gun or a rocket launcher, pre-production and related production are performed during the same production period. The degree of expectation for a big hit is higher when a rocket launcher is obtained than when a machine gun is obtained.

Incidentally, when it is determined that the character announcement effect is to be executed, the character announcement effect is performed at timing t3. Further, when it is determined that the title announcement effect is to be executed, the title announcement effect is performed at timing t5.

In the related performance (machine gun related performance or rocket launcher related performance) started at timing ts, a performance image showing continuous shooting or cannonballs using the weapon (machine gun or rocket launcher) acquired in the timer performance is displayed. The illustration shows a machine-gun-related effect, specifically showing that the button image 018SH402 representing the push button 31B is revealed as the machine-gun bullet is fired. Incidentally, when the rocket launcher is acquired in the timer effect, a rocket launcher-related effect is performed. In the rocket launcher-related production, the button image 0 indicating the push button 31B is displayed by being shot with a shell fired from the rocket launcher.
18SH402 is exposed.

In FIG. 10-6, at timing t6 after the bullet is fired, a button image 018SH402 for accepting the operation of the push button 31B from the player is displayed.
That is, the button announcement effect is started. In the present embodiment, the button announcement effect performed after the machine gun-related effect or the rocket launcher-related effect is the strong button announcement effect. In addition, when it is determined that the character product announcement effect is to be executed, the character product announcement effect is performed at timing t7.

FIG. 10-7 is an explanatory diagram showing the timing of each effect including the timer effect and the related effect targeted for the character object preview effect. In FIG. 10-7, a timer of 50 seconds is set in the introductory effect started at timing t1.

A countdown of 50 seconds is performed in the timer effect that starts at timing t2. During this 50-second countdown, an effect image for obtaining a weapon (for example, a tank) is displayed as a special display.

Incidentally, when it is determined that the character announcement effect is to be executed, the character announcement effect is performed at timing t3. Further, when it is determined that the title announcement effect is to be executed, the title announcement effect is performed at timing t5. Further, when it is determined that the button announcement effect is to be executed, the button announcement effect is performed at the button t6.

In the related effect started at timing ts, an effect image showing a tank gun using the weapon (tank) acquired in the timer effect is displayed. Incidentally, the related effect shown in FIG. 10-7 may be called "tank-related effect". At timing t5 after the tank gun has been fired, the lever image 018SH for receiving the operation of the stick controller 31A from the player is displayed.
403 is displayed, that is, the character object announcement effect is started. In the present embodiment, the character object announcement effect performed after the tank-related effect is the strong character object announcement effect.

(Explanation regarding the determination ratio of the timer effect)
FIG. 10-8 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the determination ratio of the timer effect. In addition, in the present embodiment, the timer effect can be executed for any one of the plurality of advance notice effects.

FIG. 10-8(A) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the timer effect (15 seconds) with respect to the strong character announcement effect. In FIG. 10-8 (A), "variation pattern" is the variation pattern #
12-14, #16-18 (see FIG. 8-3). "Percentage determined to be executed" indicates the percentage at which the timer effect is executed. Fluctuation pattern #12 that will be out of normal reach
In addition, in the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the rate at which the timer effect is executed is 30%. Further, in the case of the variation pattern #16 that results in a normal reach jackpot, and in the case of the variation patterns #17 and #18 that result in a super reach jackpot, the rate at which the timer effect is executed is 5%.

FIG. 10-8(B) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the timer effect (30 seconds) for the strong title announcement effect. In FIG. 10-8(B), "variation pattern" indicates any one of variation patterns #13, #14, #17, and #18. In the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the rate at which the timer effect is executed is 20%. In addition, in the case of variation patterns #17 and #18 that result in a super ready-to-win big hit, the rate at which the timer effect is executed is 10%.

FIG. 10-8(C) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the timer effect (40 seconds) with respect to the strong button announcement effect. In FIG. 10-8 (C), "variation pattern" is the variation pattern #
13, #14, #17, or #18. In the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the rate at which the timer effect is executed is 10%. In addition, in the case of variation patterns #17 and #18 that result in a super ready-to-win big hit, the rate at which the timer effect is executed is 20%.

FIG. 10-8(D) is an example of a determination ratio of execution/non-execution of the timer effect (50 seconds) with respect to the strong character object announcement effect. In FIG. 10-8 (D), "variation pattern" is variation pattern # 1
3, #14, #17, or #18. In the case of fluctuation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the rate at which the timer effect is executed is 5%. In addition, in the case of variation patterns #17 and #18 that result in a super reach jackpot, the rate at which the timer effect is executed is 3.
0%.

By setting the determination ratio as shown in FIG. 10-8, the degree of expectation of big win (the ratio of control to the big win game state) differs depending on whether or not the timer effect is executed before the execution of the advance notice effect.
Specifically, variation patterns with high expectations for big hits (for example, variation patterns #17 and #18)
The more, the easier it is for the timer effect to be executed for the strong character object announcement effect. Therefore, the timer effect for the strong role announcement effect is an effect with a higher degree of expectation for a big hit than the timer effects for the other strong announcement effects. In addition, fluctuation patterns with low expectations for big hits (for example, fluctuation pattern #
12) is more likely to execute the timer effect for the strong character preview effect. Therefore, the timer effect for the strong character preview effect is a effect with a lower degree of expectation for a big hit than the timer effect for other strong preview effects.

(Regarding the relationship between the preview production pattern and the preliminary production)
FIG. 10-9 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the notice effect pattern and the preliminary effect. Figure 10-9
, "Variation patterns" are "YEP-A2" indicating a strong character notice effect, "YEP-B2" indicating a strong title notice effect, "YEP-C2" indicating a strong button notice effect, and "YEP-C2" indicating a strong character notice effect. Any of the "YEP-D2" shown.

As shown in FIG. 10-9, for example, in the case of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-A2", the "weapon" acquired in the timer effect is a revolver, and the "timer" is set to 15 seconds. Further, in the case of the notice effect pattern "YEP-B2", the "weapon" obtained in the timer effect is a hand grenade, and the "timer" is set to 30 seconds. Notice production pattern "YEP-C
2”, the “weapon” obtained in the timer effect is a machine gun or a rocket launcher, and the “timer” is set to 40 seconds. In the case of the announcement effect pattern "YEP-D2", the "weapon" acquired in the timer effect is a tank, and the "timer" is set to 50 seconds.

Regarding the timer (time), if you use an inequality sign to represent the degree of expectation for a big hit, 50 seconds > 40 seconds > 3
0 seconds > 15 seconds. This is because the timer to be set corresponds to the strong notice effect to be performed after that, so the expectation level of the big hit of the timer to be set corresponds to the expectation level of the strong notice effect to be performed thereafter. This is because

Regarding the "weapon" to be acquired, if we use an inequality sign to express the degree of expectation for a big hit, it becomes "tank">"rocketlauncher">"machinegun">"grenade">"revolver". This is because the "weapon" to be acquired corresponds to the strong notice effect that will be performed after that, so the expectation of the big hit of the "weapon" to be obtained will be the expectation of the strong notice effect that will be performed after that. This is because the degree of expectation corresponds to the degree of expectation. The degree of expectation between "rocket launcher" and "machine gun" is explained below.

(Regarding the decision ratio of weapons when executing the strong button notice effect)
In the present embodiment, in the case of the strong button notice effect, there are times when the machine gun is obtained and times when the rocket launcher is obtained in the timer effect. That is, in the case of the strong button announcement effect, one of the machine gun and the rocket launcher is determined.

FIG. 10-10 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of weapon determination ratios when the strong button announcement effect is executed. In FIG. 10-10, the “variation pattern” includes variation patterns #13, #14, #
17 or #18. The "weapon determination ratio" indicates the determination ratio of the weapon acquired in the timer effect to the strong button announcement effect. Specifically, in the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 where super reach is lost, the rate at which the rocket launcher is determined is 25%, and the rate at which the machine gun is determined is 75%. In the case of variation patterns #17 and #18, which are super reach jackpots, the rate of determining the rocket launcher is 75%
, and the percentage of machine gun decisions is 25%.

By setting such a determination ratio, in the case of a variation pattern with a high expectation of a big hit (for example, variation patterns #17 and #18), it is possible to easily determine the rocket launcher and make it difficult to determine the machine gun. In addition, fluctuation patterns with low jackpot expectations (for example,
In the case of variation patterns #13 and #14), it is possible to make it difficult to determine the rocket launcher and easier to determine the machine gun. In other words, obtaining a rocket launcher has a higher expectation of a big hit than obtaining a machine gun.

(Regarding the determination ratio of the timer display mode in the timer effect)
FIG. 10-11 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the determination ratio of the timer display mode in the timer effect. In FIG. 10-11, "variation patterns" are variation patterns #12-14, #1
Any one of 16-18 is shown. "Display color determination ratio" indicates the determination ratio of the display mode (red or white) of the timer. Specifically, in the case of the variation pattern #12 that results in a loss of normal reach, and in the case of variation patterns #13 and #14 that result in a loss of super reach, the red display color is determined at a rate of 30%, and the white The ratio of determining the display color is 70%. In addition, in the case of the variation pattern #16 that results in a normal reach jackpot, and in the case of variation patterns #17 and #18 that result in a super reach jackpot, the red display color is determined at a rate of 70%.
%, and the percentage at which the white display color is determined is 30%.

By setting such a determination ratio, it is possible to make it easier to determine the red display color and less likely to determine the white display color in the case of a big win. Also, in the case of misalignment, it is possible to make it difficult to determine the display color of red and to make it easier to determine the display color of white. Therefore, when the display color of the timer is red, the expectation for a big hit is higher than when it is white.

(Production determination processing in characteristic portion 018SH)
FIGS. 10-12 and 10-13 are flowcharts showing an example of effect determination processing in the effect control process processing of the characteristic portion 018SH. This effect determination process is, for example, a process included in the variable display start setting process (step S171).

In FIG. 10-12, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the character advance notice effect based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1201). Step 018 SHS
At 1201, it is decided whether or not to execute the character announcement effect at the decision ratio shown in FIG. 10-2(A).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the character announcement effect (step 018SHS1202). When the character announcement effect is not executed (step 018SH
S1202: NO), the effect control CPU 120 proceeds to step 018SHS1205. If the character announcement effect is to be executed (step 018SHS1202: YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of character announcement effect (preview effect pattern) based on the variation pattern.
is determined (step 018SHS1203). At step 018SHS1203, the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2" is determined at the determination ratio shown in FIG. 10-2(B).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern (the notice effect pattern "YEP-A1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-A2") of the character notice effect determined in step 018SHS1203 (step 018SHS1204).

Next, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the title announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1205). At step 018SHS1205, it is determined whether or not the title announcement effect is to be executed at the determination ratio shown in FIG. 10-2(C).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the title announcement effect (
step 018 SHS 1206). If the title announcement effect is not executed (step 018
SHS1206: NO), the effect control CPU 120 proceeds to step 018SHS1209. If the title announcement effect is to be executed (step 018SHS1206: YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of title announcement effect (preview effect pattern) based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1207). Step 018 SHS1207
Then, the announcement effect pattern "YEP-B1" or the announcement effect pattern "YEP-B2" is determined at the determination ratio shown in FIG. 10-2(D).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern (the notice effect pattern "YEP-B1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-B2") of the title notice effect determined in step 018SHS1207 (step 018SHS1208).

Next, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the button announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1209). In step 018 SHS1209,
Whether or not to execute the button announcement effect is determined by the determination ratio shown in FIG. 10-3(E).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the button announcement effect (step 018SHS1210). If the button announcement effect is not executed (step 018SH
S1210: NO), the effect control CPU 120 proceeds to step 018SHS1213. If the button notice effect is to be executed (step 018SHS1210: YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of button notice effect (notice effect pattern) based on the variation pattern.
is determined (step 018SHS1211). At step 018SHS1211, the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-C2" is determined at the determination ratio shown in FIG. 10-3(F).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern (the notice effect pattern "YEP-C1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-C2") of the button notice effect determined in step 018SHS1211 (step 018SHS1212).

Next, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the character product announcement effect based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1213). At step 018SHS1213, it is determined whether or not the character object announcement effect is to be executed at the determination ratio shown in FIG. 10-3(G).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the character product announcement effect (step 018SHS1214). When not executing the character object announcement effect (step 018SHS1
214: NO), the effect control CPU 120, step 018SHS12 of FIG. 10-13
Proceed to 21. When executing the role announcement effect (step 018SHS1214: YES),
The effect control CPU 120 determines the type of the character product preview effect (preview effect pattern) based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1215). At step 018SHS1215, the notice effect pattern "YEP-D1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-D2" is determined at the determination ratio shown in FIG. 10-3(H).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern (the notice effect pattern "YEP-D1" or the notice effect pattern "YEP-D2") of the character product notice effect determined in step 018SHS1215 (step 018SHS1216).

Next, the effect control CPU 120, as shown in FIG. 10-13, determines whether or not to execute the pseudo continuous advance notice effect based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1221). At step 018SHS1221, it is determined whether or not the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect is to be executed at the determination ratio shown in FIG. 10-3(I).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the pseudo consecutive notice effect (step 018SHS1222). When not executing the pseudo consecutive notice effect (step 018SH
S1222: NO), the effect control CPU 120 proceeds to step 018SHS1224. If the pseudo consecutive notice effect is to be executed (step 018SHS1222: YES), the effect control CPU 120 sets the notice effect pattern of the pseudo consecutive notice effect (step 018SH
S1223). The pseudo consecutive notice effect is replaced with normal reach.

Next, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the strong notice effect for each notice effect (step 018SHS1224). When the strong notice effect is not executed (step 018SHS1224: NO), the effect control CPU 120 executes step 018SHS12.
Go to 30. When executing the strong notice effect (step 018SHS1224: YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the timer effect based on the variation pattern (
step 018 SHS 1225). In step 018SHS1225, FIG. 10-8 (A
) to (D) determine whether or not the timer effect is to be executed. Incidentally, when executing a plurality of high-notice effects, the high-forecast effect to be the target of the timer effect is one of the plurality of high-forecast effects.

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the timer effect (step 018SHS1226). When the timer effect is not executed (step 018 SHS122
6: NO), the effect control CPU 120 proceeds to step 018SHS1232. When executing the timer effect (step 018SHS1226: YES), effect control CPU12
0 judges whether or not the strong notice effect that is the target of the timer effect is the strong button notice effect (
step 018 SHS 1227).

When the strong notice effect to be the target of the timer effect is not the strong button notice effect (step 018
SHS1227: NO), the effect control CPU 120 proceeds to step 018SHS1229. When the strong notice effect to be the target of the timer effect is the strong button notice effect (step 01
8SHS1227: YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the weapon to be acquired in the timer effect based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1228). and,
The effect control CPU 120 sets the effect of acquiring the weapon determined in step 018SHS1228, or sets the effect of acquiring the weapon according to the notice effect pattern if the process of step 018SHS1228 is not performed (step 018SHS1229).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines the display mode of the timer in the timer effect based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1230). Step 018SHS12
At 30, the display mode of the timer (timer image) is determined according to the determination ratio shown in FIGS. 10-11. Then, the effect control CPU 120 sets the timer effect of the display mode determined in step 018SHS1230 and the time according to the notice effect pattern (step 018SHS1231).

Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the eye-catching effect based on the variation pattern (step 018SHS1232). At step 018SHS1232, the eye-catching effect is determined at the determination ratio shown in FIG. 9-10(A). Then, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute an eye-catching effect (step 018).
SHS1233). When the eye-catching effect is not executed (step 018 SHS1233
: NO), the effect control CPU 120 ends the process as it is.

If the eye-catching effect is to be executed (step 018SHS1233: YES), the effect control CPU 120 determines the type of eye-catching effect (set-suggesting effect pattern) based on the current set value and the variation pattern (step 018SHS1234). . step 0
In 18SHS1234, setting suggestion effect patterns are determined at the determination ratios shown in FIGS. 9-10(B) and (C). And, CPU120 for production control, step 018SHS12
34 to set the eye-catching production pattern (step 018 SHS123
5), terminate the series of processes.

(Regarding an example of the effect screen related to the characteristic part 018SH)
10-14 to 10-19, the transition of the effect screen when the object of the timer effect is the strong character object preview effect in the variable display in which Super Reach B is performed will be described. FIGS. 10-14 to 10-19 are explanatory diagrams showing an example of transition of effect screens when super reach B is variably displayed in the characteristic portion 018SH.

FIG. 10-14(A) shows an effect screen at the start of fluctuation. As shown in FIG. 10-14(A), the image display device 5 displays a decorative pattern 018SH100, a small pattern 018SH101, an active display 018SH110, and a pending display 018SH111.

The decoration pattern 018SH100 includes three patterns, a left pattern, a middle pattern, and a right pattern. The decoration pattern 018SH100 becomes a ready-to-win mode in variable display leading to a big hit. The ready-to-win mode is a mode in which the left and right symbols of the decorative symbols 018SH100 are temporarily stopped and displayed with the same or related symbols, and only the middle symbols are variably displayed in a manner different from the other symbols. Also, the decorative pattern 018SH100 may not be displayed in a predetermined effect such as Super Reach. In the drawing, the decoration pattern 018SH100 indicates that the display is variable (during scrolling).

The small symbol 018SH101 is a symbol which does not become a ready-to-win state and is displayed variably or stopped corresponding to the special symbol. The small pattern 018SH101 is always displayed even when the decoration pattern 018SH100 is not displayed in a predetermined effect such as super reach. In the illustration, the small pattern 018SH101 indicates that the variable display is in progress (scrolling).

The active display 018SH110 is a display corresponding to the variable display. Hold display 018
SH111 is a display indicating reserved information, and in the figure, indicates that the first reserved memory number is "2". The display modes of the active display 018SH110 and the pending display 018SH111 may change according to the degree of expectation of a big hit. In addition, this variable display is super reach B
is performed, that is, it is a variable display with a high degree of expectation for a big hit. Therefore, when the display mode of the active display 018SH110 changes or when the active display 01
In some cases, the display mode has changed in the pending display 018SH111 before reaching 8SH110.

In FIG. 10-14(A), the introductory effect is started after a predetermined period of time has elapsed. The timing at which the introductory effect is started is, for example, before the timing at which the normal reach is started.

FIG. 10-14(B) shows an effect screen for the introductory effect. In the introductory effect, a timer set image 018SH120 is displayed. The timer set image 018SH120 is, for example, an image showing the execution time of the timer effect. Also, the longer the execution time of the timer effect is, the higher the expectation of a big hit is. In the illustration, a message to that effect (in the illustration, the words "The longer the time, the better the chance!") is displayed. The decoration pattern 018SH100 is not displayed in the introductory effect. Therefore, in the introductory effect, the decorative symbol 018SH100 is not in the ready-to-win mode.

As shown in FIG. 10-14(C), the timer set image 018SH120 is counted up. The timer (time) that is finally set is either 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 40 seconds, and 50 seconds.

FIG. 10-15(D) shows an effect in which the character designates the timer. Figure 10-1
5(D) shows, for example, an effect screen when a 50-second timer is set in the introductory effect. When the timer is set, the introductory effect ends.

When the introductory effect is finished, normal reach and timer effects are started as shown in FIG. 10-15(E). It should be noted that, when it is determined that the pseudo continuous notice effect is to be executed, the pseudo continuous notice effect is executed during the period during which the normal reach is executed. In FIG. 10-15(E), a timer image 018SH121 indicating the remaining time of the timer is displayed, and the countdown of the timer is started. The display mode of the timer image 018SH121 is a red or white display mode. In the illustration, the display mode of the timer image 018SH121 is a red display mode.

Then, at the timing to start the character announcement effect, a character image 018SH125 is displayed as shown in FIG. 10-15(F). In the illustration, a character image 018
SH125 is an image of a character wearing red clothes, that is, indicates a strong character forewarning effect.

Furthermore, when Super Reach B is started and it is time to start the title announcement effect,
As shown in FIG. 10-16(G), a title preview image 018SH130 is displayed. In the illustration, the title preview image 018SH130 is a red character image, that is,
A strong title announcement effect is shown.

Then, when it comes to the start timing of the button announcement effect, as shown in FIG.

When the player presses the push button 31B within the valid period, a cut-in image 018SH150 is displayed as shown in FIG. 10-16(I). In the illustration, the cut-in image 018SH150 is a red image, that is, it indicates a strong button advance notice effect. Note that if the player does not press the push button 31B within the valid period, the cut-in image 018 will be displayed.
SH150 is not displayed. However, even if the player does not press the push button 31B within the valid period, the cut-in image 018SH15 will be displayed at a predetermined timing after the valid period has passed.
0 may be displayed.

Then, when it comes time to start the weapon acquisition effect, as shown in FIG. 10-17 (J),
A weapon image 018SH160 is displayed. In the illustration, the weapon image 018SH160 is
It is an image showing a tank.

Further, as shown in FIG. 10-17(K), when the remaining time of the timer indicated by the timer image 018SH121 reaches "0", the timer effect ends and the related effect (tank related effect) starts. The related effect is a effect using the weapon (tank cannon) acquired in the timer effect.

Then, as shown in FIG. 10-17(L), the action effect image 018SH17 by the tank gun
After 0 is displayed, the lever image 018SH190 is gradually revealed.

Then, when it comes to the start timing of the character object announcement effect, as shown in FIG. 10-18 (M),
A lever image 018SH190 and a prompt to operate are displayed.

If the player operates the stick controller 31A within the effective period, the controller 31A shown in FIG. 10-18 (N
), the movable body 027SH32 moves to the front of the image display device 5 .
In addition, the effect image 01 is displayed on the image display device 5 in accordance with the movement of the movable body 027SH32.
8SH191 is displayed. The movable body 027 is moved by operating the stick controller 31A.
The effect in which the SH32 operates is a strong role announcement effect. If the player does not operate the stick controller 31A within the validity period, the movable body 027SH32 does not move. However, even if the player does not operate the stick controller 31A, the movable body 027SH32 may be operated at a predetermined timing after the valid period has passed.

After that, in the case of a big hit, as shown in FIG. 10-18 (O), a decorative pattern 018S
After H100 is temporarily stopped and displayed, a re-lottery is carried out and the decoration symbol 018SH100 is stopped and displayed. Then, a jackpot game is started.

Further, after FIG. 10-18(N), if the game is lost, as shown in FIG. 10-19(A), the decoration pattern 018SH100 is stopped and displayed in a combination indicating the loss.

After that, just before the pattern confirmation timing, as shown in FIG. 10-19(B), a special eye-catching effect (SEP-EYE2) suggesting the set value is performed. The special eye-catching effect is an effect in which an eye-catching image 018SH200 showing a character wearing a yukata with a goldfish pattern is displayed. The special eye-catching effect is a effect suggesting a set value depending on the frequency of execution. However, the special eye-catching effect may be a effect suggesting a set value depending on the type of character, the pattern of the yukata, the background color, and the like.

In FIG. 10-19(B), when the symbol fixing period has passed, the next variable display is started as shown in FIG. 10-19(C).

As shown in the transition of the effect screen described above, a series of related effects can be performed before the advance notice effect. Specifically, when performing the notice effect, it is possible to create a series of related effects such as introduction effect→timer effect→acquisition of weapon→related effect→notice effect. As a result, the expectation of the player can be heightened before the announcement effect is performed, so that the excitement of the announcement effect can be further improved.

(Modification 1 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 1 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characteristic portion 018SH described above, the configuration in which the notice effect includes the weak notice effect and the strong notice effect has been described. In addition to or instead of such a configuration, the advance notice effect may include a suggestive effect in which either a success effect or a failure effect is executed.

Specifically, the suggestion effect is, for example, a change effect of the active display. A success effect in the change effect of the active display is, for example, a effect in which a character or the like acts on the active display to change the display mode of the active display. On the other hand, the failure effect in the change effect of the active display is, for example, a effect in which a character or the like acts on the active display and the display mode of the active display does not change.

Further, the suggestive effect may be, for example, a pseudo-continuous inciting effect that encourages the execution of the pseudo-continuous advance notice effect. The pseudo-continuous inciting effect is, for example, an effect for inciting the start of the pseudo-continuous notice effect. More specifically, the pseudo consecutive notice effect is to temporarily stop display in a predetermined combination indicating the start of the pseudo consecutive notice effect with a plurality of decoration symbols, or to display a temporary stop display with a predetermined combination of a plurality of decorative symbols indicating the start of the pseudo consecutive notice effect, or to display a specific pattern among the plurality of decorative symbols to indicate the pseudo consecutive notice effect. It is an effect that arouses the possibility of a temporary stop display with a pseudo continuous symbol (temporary stop symbol) indicating the effect. The success effect in the pseudo-continuous fanning effect is, for example, a temporary stop display of the decorative symbol with a symbol indicating the start of the pseudo-continuous notice effect, or a temporary stop display of the pseudo continuous symbol. The failure effect in the pseudo-continuous fanning effect is that the decorative symbol does not temporarily stop and display with the symbol indicating the start of the pseudo-continuous notice effect, or the pseudo-continuous symbol does not temporarily stop and display. is to stop displaying.

In the present embodiment, the suggestion effect is performed when the failure effect is executed at the first rate, and when the failure effect is executed at the first rate.
and when the failure effect is executed at a second rate lower than the rate of . For example, during execution of an effect other than the preliminary effect, such as during a normal effect, the failure effect is executed at the first rate. The first percentage is a percentage that does not include 0%. During the execution of the pre-performance, the failure performance is executed at the second rate. The second percentage may be 0%. Therefore, during the preliminary performance (during the introduction performance or during the timer performance), the failure performance is difficult to execute.

According to the modified example 1 of the characteristic part 018SH, it is possible to make it difficult to perform the failure effect during the execution of the preliminary effect. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player's expectations from being lowered during the preliminary performance due to the execution of the failure performance. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the decrease in interest in the advance notice effect.

Here, the case where the timer effect is performed in response to the change in the display mode of the active display will be described in detail. When a timer effect is performed in response to a change in the display mode of the active display, the final display mode of the active display and the transition of the display mode at each stage of the pending display and the active display are determined by the look-ahead judgment at the time of the start winning. back. When it is determined by the look-ahead determination that the display mode will change to the final display mode at the stage of active display, a timer effect can be performed when the active display changes.

Specifically, a timer (e.g., 20 seconds) is set in the introductory effect, an effect of acquiring a weapon (e.g., a sword) is performed in the timer effect, and a related effect is performed to imagine a change in the active display using the acquired sword. After that, it is possible to perform a notice effect to change the active display.

According to such a configuration, it is possible to perform a series of related effects up to the announcement effect of changing the display mode of the active display. Specifically, when changing the display mode of the active display, it is possible to create a series of related effects such as introduction effect→timer effect→weapon acquisition→related effect→notice effect. As a result, the expectation of the player can be heightened before the notice effect of changing the active display is performed, so that the interest of the notice effect of changing the active display can be further improved.

(Modification 2 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 2 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characteristic portion 018SH described above, the configuration has been described in which the advance notice effect is always performed after the introductory effect is performed. In addition to such a configuration, or instead of such a configuration, even if the introduction effect is performed, a so-called fake effect may be performed in which the advance notice effect is not performed after that. The fake effects 1 to 3 will be described below.

(Gase production 1: production that ends with the introduction production)
As the fake effect 1, when the introductory effect is performed, the timer effect may not be performed after that, and the game may end with the introductory effect. Specifically, for example, variation pattern #10
When the variable display of the non-reach loss is performed, it is determined whether or not to perform the fake effect 1,
When it is decided to perform the fake effect 1, the timer effect is not performed and the introduction effect is finished. The fake effect 1 is, for example, a effect of displaying an image indicating that the timer effect will not be performed, such as "00:00" or "x", as the timer set image 018SH120 (see FIG. 10-15(D)). do it. As a result, even when the introductory effect is performed, the advance notice effect is not necessarily performed, so that the player's expectation when the advance notice effect is performed can be further enhanced.

(Gase production 2: production that ends with a timer production)
As the fake effect 2, when the timer effect is performed, there may be a case where the related effect is not performed after that and the timer effect ends. Specifically, for example, variation pattern #1
In the case where the normal reach of 2 is the case where the variable display of loss is performed, and when it is decided not to perform the character advance notice effect, it is determined whether or not to perform the fake effect 2, and it is decided to perform the false effect 2. If so, the timer effect may be terminated without performing the related effect. The fake effect 2 may be, for example, an effect of displaying an image indicating that the weapon cannot be acquired during the timer effect. Thus, even when the timer effect is performed, the advance notice effect is not necessarily performed, so that the player's expectation when the advance notice effect is performed can be further enhanced.

(Gase production 3: production that ends with related production)
As the false effect 3, when the related effect is performed, there may be a case where the advance notice effect is not performed after that and the related effect ends. Specifically, for example, in the case where the variable display of normal reach out of variation pattern #12 is performed, and when it is decided not to perform the character advance notice effect, it is determined whether or not the ghost effect 3 is performed. When it is determined that the false effect 3 is to be performed, the related effect may be terminated without performing the advance notice effect. The fake effect 3 may be, for example, a related effect in which an image in which a bullet from a revolver misses the target is displayed. As a result, even when the related effect is performed, the advance notice effect is not necessarily performed, so that the player's expectation when the advance notice effect is performed can be further enhanced.

(Modification 3 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 3 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characteristic part 018SH described above, a configuration has been described in which the preliminary effect (introduction effect and timer effect) and the related effect are performed for one of the plurality of advance effect. In addition to such a configuration, or instead of such a configuration, a configuration may be adopted in which a preliminary effect and a related effect are performed for a plurality of advance notice effects.

More specifically, when it is determined that a plurality of high notice effects are to be executed, for example, in determining whether or not to execute timer effects shown in step 018SHS1225 of FIG. Whether or not to execute the timer effect may be determined for each time. When it is determined to execute the timer effect for a plurality of strong advance notice effects, the advance effect and the related effect for each strong advance notice effect may be performed in parallel. Specifically, for example, in the image display device 5,
The number of split screens corresponding to the number of timer effects to be executed may be displayed, and preliminary effects and related effects for each strong advance notice effect may be performed on each split screen. Thus, for each of the plurality of advance notice effects, it is possible to perform a series of related effects up to the advance notice effect. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the interest of the advance notice effect.

(Modification 4 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 4 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characteristic part 018SH described above, the configuration in which the time displayed in the timer effect is set to be real time has been described. In addition to such a configuration, or instead of such a configuration, the time displayed in the timer effect may be different from the actual time.

To be more specific, for example, the real-time 15-second timer effect display may be replaced with, for example, 15-minute display. It should be noted that the countdown in this case may be done by counting down one minute with respect to the passage of one second in real time. As a result, it is possible to display the time according to the story or the like when acquiring the weapon, so that the presentation effect can be improved.

(Modification 5 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 5 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characteristic portion 018SH described above, an example of developing into Super Reach B (FIG. 10-4, etc.) through the production of Normal Reach and the pseudo consecutive notice production has been described. In addition to such configurations, or
Instead of such a configuration, there may be a case where an effect that develops into a super ready-to-win B is performed without going through a normal reach effect or a pseudo consecutive notice effect.

Specifically, for example, at timing t1 in FIG. 10-4, a predetermined movie may be displayed, and Super Reach B may be performed after timing t4. For example, this predetermined movie is an effect with a higher degree of expectation for a big hit than when transitioning to super reach B via normal reach or pseudo consecutive notice effect. Also, the predetermined movie may continue until a timing after the timing when super reach B is started. Further, a strong advance notice effect may be executed in a predetermined movie, and in this case, a preliminary effect and a related effect may be performed for the strong notice effect. In addition, a pre-production and a related production may be performed in accordance with the start of a predetermined movie. According to Modified Example 5, it is possible to increase the variation of effects, so that the interest can be further improved.

(Modification 6 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 6 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characterizing portion 018SH described above, a configuration has been described in which the time of the timer effect and the acquired weapon uniquely correspond. Specifically, for example, a configuration has been described in which the duration of the timer effect of 15 seconds and the acquired revolver weapon uniquely correspond to each other. In addition to such a configuration, or instead of such a configuration, a configuration may be adopted in which the time of the timer effect and the acquired weapon do not uniquely correspond.

Specifically, for example, even when performing a 15-second timer effect, a hand grenade weapon may be obtained. To do this, for example, the weapon to be acquired may be determined by lottery. As a result, it is possible to prevent unique correspondence between the time of the timer effect and the weapon to be obtained, thereby increasing the variations of the effect. again,
For example, even if a revolver is won in a 30-second timer effect (even if a revolver-related effect is performed), after that, a strong title notice with a higher expectation of a big hit is performed without performing a strong character notice effect. Since the production can be performed, it is possible to improve the interest up to the announcement production.

Further, in Modification 6, there may be a weapon that is easily determined and a weapon that is difficult to be determined according to the time of the timer effect. For example, when a 15-second timer effect is performed, revolvers, hand grenades, machine guns, rocket launchers, and tanks may be selected in order of ease of selection. In addition, when an effect of obtaining a hand grenade weapon is performed in the 15-second timer effect, an effect that makes the player imagine a strong character announcement effect using a hand grenade may be performed as a related effect.

This makes it possible to suggest weapons that are easy to acquire according to the time of the timer effect, so that it is possible to improve the interest up to the announcement effect.

(Modification 7 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 7 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characterizing portion 018SH described above, a configuration has been described in which the weapon to be obtained and the type of strong notice effect uniquely correspond. Specifically, for example, a configuration has been described in which the acquired revolver weapon and the strong character announcement effect uniquely correspond to each other. In addition to such a configuration, or in place of such a configuration, a configuration may be adopted in which the weapon to be acquired does not uniquely correspond to the type of strong notice effect.

Specifically, for example, even when performing a strong character announcement effect, a hand grenade weapon may be acquired. To do this, for example, the weapon to be acquired may be determined by lottery. As a result, it is possible to prevent unique correspondence between the type of strong notice effect and the weapon to be obtained, thereby increasing variations in effect. Also, for example, even if a revolver-related production is performed, it is possible to perform a strong title announcement production with a higher expectation of a big hit than that, without performing a strong character announcement production. can be improved.

Further, in Modification 7, there may be weapons that are easily determined and weapons that are difficult to be determined according to the type of the strong notice effect. For example, when a strong character announcement effect is performed, revolvers, hand grenades, machine guns, rocket launchers, and tanks may be selected in order of ease of selection. In addition, when the effect of obtaining a hand grenade weapon is performed when the strong character announcement effect is performed, an effect that makes the image of the strong character announcement effect using the hand grenade may be performed as a related effect.

As a result, it is possible to suggest the type of strong advance notice effect that is likely to be performed afterward according to the acquired weapon, so that the excitement up to the notice effect can be improved.

(Modification 8 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 8 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characterizing portion 018SH described above, a configuration has been described in which the duration of the timer effect and the type of the strong advance notice effect uniquely correspond to each other. Specifically, for example, a configuration has been described in which the duration of the timer effect of 15 seconds and the strong character announcement effect uniquely correspond to each other. In addition to such a configuration, or instead of such a configuration, a configuration may be adopted in which the time of the timer effect and the type of the strong advance notice effect do not uniquely correspond to each other.

Specifically, for example, even when the 15-second timer effect is performed, the strong title announcement effect may be performed. In order to do so, for example, the time for the timer effect may be determined by lottery. In this case, the timing of starting the pre-production and the timing of performing the related production may be appropriately adjusted. As a result, it is possible to prevent unique correspondence between the time of the timer effect and the type of the strong advance notice effect, thereby increasing variations of the effect. Further, for example, even when a 15-second timer effect is performed, it is possible to perform a strong title preview effect with a higher expectation of a big hit without performing a strong character preview effect. Interest can be improved.

Further, in the eighth modification, depending on the type of strong advance notice effect, there may be a timer effect time that is easy to determine and a timer effect time that is difficult to determine. For example, when a strong character announcement effect is performed, it may be set to 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 40 seconds, and 50 seconds in order of ease of selection. As a result, it is possible to suggest the type of strong advance notice effect which is likely to be performed after that according to the time of the timer effect, so that the excitement up to the notice effect can be improved.

(Modification 9 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 9 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characterizing portion 018SH described above, the configuration in which the strong notice effect is performed after execution of the preliminary effect (introduction effect and timer effect) and the related effect has been described. In addition to such a configuration, or instead of such a configuration, the weak notice effect may be performed after the preliminary effect and the related effect are executed.

Specifically, for example, even when the weak character announcement effect is performed, a 15-second timer effect and a revolver-related effect may be performed. In this way, for example, when it is decided to perform the weak notice effect, the
It suffices to determine whether or not to execute the timer effect. As a result, the timer effect and the related effect can be performed even when the weak notice effect is performed, so that the variations of the effect can be increased.

Further, in the ninth modification, the determination ratio of the timer effect may be different between the weak notice effect and the strong notice effect. For example, when performing a strong notice effect, compared to performing a weak notice effect,
It is also possible to make the rate of determining that the timer effect is to be performed higher. As a result, it is possible to suggest that there is a high possibility that the strong advance notice effect will be performed after that by performing the timer effect, so that the excitement up to the notice effect can be improved.

In addition, the display mode of the timer set image 018SH120 (see FIG. 10-14 (B)),
The timer image 018SH121 (see FIG. 10-15(E)) indicating the remaining time of the timer may be configured to take a plurality of display modes (white or red). In this case, there may be a display mode that is likely to be determined when the weak advance notice effect is performed and a display mode that is likely to be determined when the strong notice effect is performed. Specifically, for example, when a weak notice effect is performed,
The white display mode of the timer set image 018SH120 and the timer image 018SH121 may be easily determined. Further, when the strong notice effect is performed, the red display mode of the timer set image 018SH120 and the timer image 018SH121 may be easily determined.

As a result, it is possible to suggest that there is a high possibility that the strong advance notice effect will be performed thereafter, or that the possibility that the weak notice effect will be performed thereafter is high, depending on the display mode of the timer set image 018SH120 and the timer image 018SH121. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest up to the announcement effect.

Also, the weapon acquired in the timer effect may take a plurality of display modes (white or red). In this case, there may be a display mode that is likely to be determined when the weak advance notice effect is performed and a display mode that is likely to be determined when the strong notice effect is performed. More specifically, for example, when the weak character preview effect is performed, the white display mode for the revolver weapon may be easily determined. Also, when the strong character announcement effect is performed, it is sufficient to make it easier to determine the red display mode for the revolver weapon.

Due to this, it is possible to suggest that there is a high possibility that the strong notice effect will be performed after that, or that the possibility that the weak notice effect will be performed after that is high, depending on the display mode of the weapon acquired in the timer effect. , the interest in the timer effect can be improved.

Also, the related effect may take a plurality of aspects. For example, the plurality of aspects of the revolver-related presentation are, for example, aspects of different positions hit by bullets in sniping, aspects of display colors of a plurality of bullets, and the like. In this case, there may be a mode in which determination is likely to be made when the weak advance notice effect is performed and a mode in which determination is likely to be made when the strong notice effect is performed. Specifically, for example, when a weak character announcement effect is performed, in sniping as a revolver-related effect, it is easy to decide how the bullet hits a position away from the center of the target and how the white bullet is displayed. You should do it like this. Also, when the strong character announcement effect is performed, it is sufficient to make it easier to determine the manner in which the bullet hits the center of the target and the manner in which the red bullet is displayed in the sniping as the revolver-related effect.

As a result, depending on the aspect of the related effect, it is possible to suggest that there is a high possibility that the strong forewarning effect will be performed after that, and that there is a high possibility that the low foreshadowing effect will be performed after that, so that the interest of the related effect can be enhanced. can be improved.

(Modification 10 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 10 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characteristic part 018SH described above, the configuration in which the timer effect is included in the preliminary effect has been described. In addition to such a configuration, or instead of such a configuration, the preliminary presentation may include a present box presentation (see FIG. 9-5, etc.).

Specifically, for example, a weapon may be obtained as a special display in the present box presentation. In addition, it is sufficient that the presentation mode of the present box presentation has a plurality of presentation modes (for example, 15 seconds and 30 seconds) with different display periods. However, the presentation mode of the present box presentation is not limited to this. For example, there may be a plurality of presentation modes having different display modes such as display colors. In addition, a related effect using the acquired weapon may be performed in the present box effect. Specifically, for example, the related effect may be an effect of opening the present box using the weapon acquired in the present box effect.

In addition, the selection ratio of the type of advance notice effect to be executed may differ depending on the type of related effect. For example, when a related effect of opening a present box with a revolver is performed, the proportion of the character advance notice effect being performed is high, and the proportion of the notice effect other than the character notice effect being performed is low. Also, the rate at which the type of special display is a specific type may be changed depending on the presentation mode of the present box presentation. Specifically, when the presentation mode of the gift box presentation is 15 seconds, the special display for the revolver is likely to be determined, and the special display for items other than the revolver is less likely to be determined. Also, if the presentation mode of the present box is 15 seconds, the rate at which the special display of the revolver is determined may be 100%.

According to the modification 10, by performing the present box effect, it is possible to perform a series of related effects up to the announcement effect. Specifically, it is possible to create a series of related effects such as gift box effect→weapon acquisition→related effect→notice effect. As a result, the expectation of the player can be heightened before the announcement effect is performed, so that the excitement of the announcement effect can be further improved.

(Modification 11 of characteristic portion 018SH)
Next, Modified Example 11 of the characteristic portion 018SH will be described. In the embodiment relating to the characteristic part 018SH described above, the effect of setting the time for the timer effect as the special effect performed during the introduction effect has been described. In addition to such a configuration, or instead of such a configuration, as a special effect performed during the introduction effect, an effect suggesting a big win or an effect suggesting a set value may be performed.

Specifically, the effect suggesting a big hit performed during the introductory effect is shown in Fig. 10-15 (D), for example.
3, the effect in which the character specifies the timer may be an effect in which a special time such as "77:77" is specified. In order to carry out such an effect, for example, in the variable display where the display result of the big win is derived and displayed, it may be determined by a lottery whether or not to set a special time when performing the timer effect.

In addition, the effect suggesting the set value performed during the introduction effect is, for example, as an effect suggesting the set value "6", in the effect in which the character designates the timer shown in FIG.
66:66", etc., may be produced by designating a time. In order to perform such an effect, for example, in the case of performing a timer effect in the variable display where the display result of the big win is derived and displayed, and when the set value is "6", a special time is set. Whether or not to do so may be determined by lottery. It should be noted that when counting down the time specified by "77:77" or "66:66", for example, the countdown may be made faster than the actual time.

According to Modification 11, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the time set in the introductory effect. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest in the introductory presentation.

(Application to other equipment)
In the above, an example of application to a pachinko game machine has been described, but application to a slot machine is also possible. For example, in a certain state (for example, a state that is not in an advantageous state), periodically (for each fixed number of games, for each number of games within a predetermined range), it is determined whether to transition to another state (for example, an advantageous state) than normal. In a slot machine that draws lots with a high probability, there are multiple types of notice effects and advance effects (timer effects and gift box effects) that display one of the multiple types of special displays (weapon images) before the execution of the notice effects. and, after the special display is displayed, a related effect of a type corresponding to the type of the special display among the plurality of types, and a notification effect for notifying that control is performed in another state can be executed. good too. Further, in the slot machine, a common notification effect can be executed regardless of which type of related effect is executed, and the selection ratio of the type of advance notice effect to be executed differs depending on the type of related effect, and the pre-performance There are a plurality of presentation modes, and the rate at which the type of special display is a specific type may differ depending on the presentation mode of the preliminary presentation.

Alternatively, in a slot machine that draws with a high probability whether a first advantageous state (e.g., CZ, bonus game, etc.) transitions to a second advantageous state (e.g., AT state, ART state, etc.), a plurality of types of slot machines Before the notice effect, and before the execution of the notice effect, one of the multiple types of special display (weapon image) is displayed (timer effect or gift box effect), and after the special display is displayed, multiple types Among them, the type of related effect corresponding to the type of special display, and the second
and a notification effect for notifying that the control is in an advantageous state. Further, in the slot machine, a common notification effect can be executed regardless of which type of related effect is executed, and the selection ratio of the type of advance notice effect to be executed differs depending on the type of related effect, and the pre-performance There are a plurality of presentation modes, and the rate at which the type of special display is a specific type may differ depending on the presentation mode of the preliminary presentation.

(Another example of transition to a time-saving state)
In addition, each characteristic portion (the characteristic portion 006SH, the characteristic portion 018SH, and the characteristic portion 027SH) described above
SH) and each modification, regarding the transition to the time-saving state (high base state), there is illustrated a form in which the transition is made via a big hit state or a small hit state in which the special variable winning ball device 7 always operates. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when a time-saving design is derived and displayed as a special design, it may be shifted to a time-saving state (high base state) without operating the special variable winning ball device 7 .

In addition, as the above-described time-saving patterns, these time-saving patterns may be used as part of the winning design or may be used as part of the small winning design.

In addition, when performing the lottery processing related to the derivation display of the time saving pattern, the lottery may be executed using a special random number for the time saving pattern lottery in these lottery processing, or the lottery random number of the lost pattern and the big hit pattern The lottery may be performed using random numbers for other lotteries such as lottery random numbers for small winning symbols, random numbers for judging big win lottery, and lottery random numbers for falling lottery.

Further, these time-saving patterns may be a plurality of types of patterns, and may be used together with a combination of patterns displayed as other patterns, such as a small winning pattern or a losing pattern. In addition, in this case, the presence or absence of transition to the time saving state may be determined according to the small winning pattern to be used together. However, if you win the time saving pattern, you will not draw a lottery for the presence or absence of a shift to the time saving state by lottery, or the number of time saving times.

In addition, in the case of performing the lottery of the time-saving design, if the setting value can be changed, the lottery probability of the time-saving design does not change according to the setting value, that is, the lottery probability of the time-saving design in all the setting values are the same. However, the lottery probability of these time-saving symbols may be a different probability between the first special figure and the second special figure.

Also, regarding the timing of random number acquisition when drawing time-saving symbols, even if a dedicated random number is used or another random number is used, the start opening (first start winning opening,
It may be the timing at the time of winning a prize to the second starting prize opening).

In addition, regarding the winning of the time-saving design lottery, when using a special random number (time-saving lottery random number), the lottery result by the dedicated random number (time-saving lottery random number) is used as the winning value, and the lottery of the time-saving design is a small hit design. When a random number is used, a specific small hit pattern random number is used as the winning value, and when the random number for the falling lottery judgment value is used for the lottery of the time saving pattern, the random number for the falling lottery judgment value can be used as the winning value. lottery using, for example, a time-saving area is provided inside the special variable winning ball device 7,
The fact that the game ball passes through the time-saving area may be determined as winning of the time-saving design.

In addition, when the time-saving design lottery is performed using a structure, when the small winning design uses the time-saving design together, the variable display number of time-saving state (time-saving number of times) does not change depending on whether or not the time-saving area passes. to

In addition, regarding the winning in the case of lottery of time-saving patterns, if random numbers are used for the lottery of time-saving patterns, a specific random number will be the winning value. A jackpot pattern random number value can be used as a winning value. However, if these random numbers are used as winning values, performances other than the big hit probability differ depending on the setting, so it is possible only if the setting value cannot be changed.

Moreover, the determination timing of the lottery result of the time saving pattern may be the timing after the big hit determination. In addition, the time-saving pattern lottery is executed only in the low-probability low-base state, without being executed in the time-saving state (high base) or high probability, regardless of which random value is used for the lottery. be. However, when the time-saving pattern is derived and displayed in the state of the time-saving state, whether the number of times of time-saving is reset or not selected may be determined for each game machine.

In addition, as for the number of times of time saving when the time saving pattern is derived and displayed, it is possible to have a plurality of predetermined number of times of time saving according to the winning value (symbol) and each game state. Moreover, it is also possible to make the condition for providing time saving different for each time saving pattern.

Further, when the number of times of time saving is different according to the time saving pattern, it is possible to change the sorting lottery of the time saving pattern between the first special pattern and the second special pattern.

Further, even when the same time saving pattern is derived and displayed, the number of times of time saving given may differ according to the game state at that time. However, it is required that it is predetermined for the game state.

In addition, the lottery result of "zero number of times of time saving" can be included as the lottery result of the time saving pattern in the low-probability low base state.

Also, a derivation lottery for time saving end patterns (time saving end lottery) may be executed, and the number of times of time saving may be the number of times until the time saving end patterns are derived and displayed after the start of time saving or until the jackpot patterns are derived and displayed. In other words, without setting the number of times of time saving, in principle, it may be unlimited.

In addition, the number of times of time saving and the provision conditions may be different between the time saving state controlled by the time saving pattern and the time saving state controlled by the occurrence of the big hit.

Further, when the time saving pattern is derived and displayed, the timing to be controlled to the time saving state is the time when the pattern fixing time of the time saving pattern has passed. However, when a small winning pattern random number is used for the lottery for the time saving pattern, and when the small winning is won and shifts to the time saving state, the timing of controlling to the time saving state is the end of the small winning operation.

Also, in the case of lottery using structures, the timing of control to the time-saving state is the timing of the completion of the operation of the structures in the game state (for example, small winning state) in which the structures are operated.

In addition, in the case of a game machine controlled to a high-probability low-base state over a predetermined number of variable display times after a big hit (so-called specified number-of-times probability variable machine (ST machine)), a high-probability low-base state when the amusement center is opened. , and after the high-probability low-base state is executed a specified number of times of variable display and ends, control may be performed to the time-saving state.

In addition, when the time saving pattern is derived and displayed when the time saving limiter function is installed, the number of times of the time saving limiter is updated. Also, the design fixing time of the time saving pattern may be different from the design fixing time of the other patterns.

In addition, the execution ratio of the timer effect (timer effect → related effect → notice effect) related to the characteristic part 018SH is the time of the variable display in which the big hit pattern is derived and displayed, and the time of the variable display in which the time saving pattern is derived and displayed. , can be different. Specifically, the execution ratio of the timer effect related to the characteristic part 018SH is higher in the variable display in which the jackpot pattern is derived and displayed than in the variable display in which the time saving pattern is derived and displayed. good. As a result, the player can expect a big win by the timer effect.

Conversely, the execution ratio of the timer effect related to the characteristic part 018SH may be lower in the variable display in which the time saving pattern is derived and displayed than in the variable display in which the jackpot pattern is derived and displayed. . As a result, the player can expect to be controlled to the time-saving state by the timer effect.

Also, a timer effect related to the characteristic part 018SH is performed, and the countdown of the timer is set to "0".
You may suggest a time saving pattern according to becoming. Specifically, in the variable display for deriving and displaying the time saving pattern, a series of related effects such as introduction effect→timer effect→weapon acquisition→related effect→derivation display of the time saving pattern may be performed. As a result, it is possible to improve interest in the variable display in which the time saving pattern is derived and displayed.

(Description of means related to characteristic part 018SH)
Regarding the characteristic portion 018SH described above, in the pachinko game machine, various effects are performed during the variable display. For example, in the timer notice effect, when the display time of the timer reaches "0", an effect of displaying an image such as "chance" is known (for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2015-085082
publication). Further, for example, there is known a gaming machine that acquires cards and performs a notice effect corresponding to the acquired cards (eg, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-116654).

However, in the gaming machines described in JP-A-2015-085082 and JP-A-2016-116654, the interest of the advance notice effect is insufficient.

Therefore, the game machine of means 1 related to the characteristic part 018SH is
A gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1 capable of playing a game) that can be controlled in an advantageous state advantageous to a player,
A production execution means (for example, production control CPU 120) capable of executing production is provided,
The production executing means is
Multiple types of announcement effects (for example, character announcement effects shown in FIGS. 10-4 to 10-7,
Title notice effect, button notice effect, role notice effect, etc.) can be executed,
Prior to execution of the advance notice effect, an advance effect (e.g., timer effect) that displays one of a plurality of types of special displays (e.g., display for acquiring weapons such as revolvers and hand grenades) can be executed,
After the special display is displayed, a type of related effect corresponding to the type of the special display among a plurality of types (for example, the revolver-related effect in FIG. 10-4 and the grenade-related effect in FIG. 10-5) can be executed. and
It is possible to execute a notification effect (for example, a super reach jackpot effect) that notifies that it is controlled to the advantageous state (for example, a big hit game state),
A common notification effect can be executed regardless of which type of related effect is executed,
Depending on the type of the related effect, the selection ratio of the type of the notice effect to be executed differs (for example, when the revolver-related effect is performed, the proportion of the character notice effect being performed is high (e.g., 100%), and the character notice effect is performed. The percentage of announcement effects other than those performed is low (for example, 0%).)
,
There are a plurality of production modes of the preliminary production (for example, the timer production time is 15 seconds shown in FIG. 10-4, 30 seconds shown in FIG. 10-5, 40 seconds shown in FIG. 50 shown in 7),
The ratio of the type of the special display to a specific type differs depending on the performance mode of the pre-production (for example, if the performance mode of the pre-production is 15 seconds, the revolver special display is likely to be determined, for example, 100%), and the revolver It is difficult to determine the special display other than (for example, 0%). ),
It is characterized by

According to such a configuration, it is possible to perform a series of related effects up to the announcement effect. Specifically, when performing the notice effect, it is possible to create a series of related effects such as the start of the preliminary effect → specific display during the preliminary effect → related effect → notice effect. As a result, the expectation of the player can be heightened before the announcement effect is performed, so that the excitement of the announcement effect can be further improved.

Further, as the game machine of the means 2 related to the characteristic part 018SH, in the game machine according to the means 1,
The effect executing means has a time of executing the preliminary effect before executing the foretelling effect and a time of not executing the preliminary effect before executing the foretelling effect (for example, FIG. 10-
As shown in 8(D), in the case of a big hit, the proportion of the timer effect being performed for the powerful feature announcement effect is 30%. ),
The ratio of control to the advantageous state may differ depending on whether or not the preliminary effect is executed before the preliminary effect is executed (for example, as shown in FIG. 10-8 (D), the In the case of , the ratio of performing the timer effect for the strong role announcement effect is 5%, and in the case of a big hit, the ratio of performing the timer effect for the strong role announcement effect is 30%. When the timer effect is performed for the object notice effect, it is easier to get a big hit than when the timer effect is not performed.).

According to such a configuration, when the preliminary performance is executed, it can be suggested that the degree of expectation for the big win is higher than when the preliminary performance is not executed. Therefore, it is possible to draw the player's attention to whether or not the preliminary performance is executed, and to what kind of preliminary performance and related performance are. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the amusement before the advance notice effect is performed.

Further, as the game machine of means 3 related to the characteristic part 018SH, in the game machine according to means 1 or 2,
The preliminary production includes an introduction production (for example, the introduction production of FIG. 10-14 (B)),
The production executing means is
Decoration identification information (for example, FIG. 1
0-14 (A) decoration pattern 018SH100) can be executed variable display,
The notification effect can be executed after the decoration identification information is displayed in a specific mode (for example, reach mode in FIG. 10-15 (E)),
During the execution of the introductory effect, the special effect using the decoration identification information (ready mode, temporary stop display of the pseudo-continuous pattern, and slip fluctuation in the pseudo-continuous notice effect) is not executed (Fig. 10-14 (B
) ~ As shown in Fig. 10-15 (D), the decoration pattern 018SH100 is not displayed during the introduction effect),
Even if the special effect (for example, the reach mode shown in FIG. 10-18 (N)) can be executed after the related effect (for example, the tank-related effect shown in FIGS. 10-17 (K) and (L)) is executed. good.

According to such a configuration, it is possible not to display the decorative pattern during the period in which the introductory effect is being performed. As a result, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the preliminary performance performed first in a series of performances performed before the advance notice performance. In addition, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the timer effect and the related effect which are performed after the preliminary effect. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the amusement before the advance notice effect is performed.

Further, in the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 3 as the gaming machine of means 4 related to the characteristic part 018SH,
The notice effect includes a success effect (for example, a effect in which a character or the like acts on the active display to change the display mode of the active display) and a failure effect (for example, a character or the like acts on the active display to change the display mode of the active display). including a suggestive rendition that either of the rendition that does not change) is executed,
The suggested production is
When the failure effect is executed at the first rate (for example, during the execution of the effect other than the preliminary effect, such as during the normal effect, the failure effect is likely to be performed), the second rate lower than the first rate and when the failure effect is executed at a rate of 2,
During execution of the preliminary performance, the failure performance may be executed at the second rate (for example, the failure performance is less likely to be performed during the preliminary performance).

According to such a configuration, it is possible to make it difficult to perform a failure effect during execution of the preliminary effect. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player's expectations from being lowered during the preliminary performance due to the execution of the failure performance. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the decrease in interest in the advance notice effect.

Further, in the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 4 as the gaming machine of means 5 related to the characteristic part 018SH,
further comprising setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of set values (set values 1 to 6) each having a different degree of advantage for the player;
The production executing means is
When it is not controlled to the advantageous state (for example, immediately before the timing of finalizing the super reach out pattern), it is possible to execute a setting suggestion effect (for example, an eye-catching image 018SH200 shown in FIG. 10-19 (B)) that suggests a setting value. and
When the setting suggesting effect is executed, the preliminary effect may not be executed corresponding to the setting suggesting effect (for example, the timer effect is not executed when performing the eye-catching effect).

Here, if a pre-rendering effect is performed when performing a setting-suggesting effect that is not directly related to the variable display, there is a risk of causing a decrease in interest. In the means 5, since the preliminary performance is not performed when the setting suggesting performance is performed, it is possible to prevent the interest of the preliminary performance from being lowered.

Further, in the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5 as the gaming machine of means 6 related to the characteristic part 018SH,
The effect period of the related effect may be a common effect period regardless of the type of the related effect (for example, as shown in FIG. Even when launcher-related effects are performed, the effect period is the same.).

According to such a configuration, it is possible to easily increase the variations of the related effects, so that the interest of the related effects can be improved. In particular, it becomes possible to flexibly respond to changes in presentation at the design stage. Specifically, the content of the related effect can be changed without changing the effect period of the related effect. Therefore, the pachinko game machine can be developed efficiently.

Further, in the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 6 as the gaming machine of means 7 related to the characteristic part 018SH,
The preliminary effect is an effect using an effect image that operates in a manner suggesting the execution timing of the advance notice effect (for example, countdown of a timer) (for example, a timer indicating the remaining time of the timer in FIG. image 018SH121).

According to such a configuration, it is possible to suggest the execution timing of the notice effect, so that it is possible to make the player pay more attention to the notice effect. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the advance notice effect.

Further, as the game machine of means 8 related to the characteristic part 018SH, in the game machine according to any one of means 1 to 7,
The effect mode of the preliminary effect is a display mode of a first element (for example, the time set in the timer effect) and a second element (for example, a timer image 018SH121 indicating the remaining time of the timer effect). There is a display mode of and a white display mode),
Depending on the combination of the first element and the second element, the degree of expectation to be controlled to the advantageous state may differ (timer effect time is long and timer image 018SH121
When the display mode of 018SH121 is red, the expectation of big win is high, and when the time of the timer effect is short and the display mode of the timer image 018SH121 is white, the expectation of big win is low. ).

According to such a configuration, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the effect mode of the preliminary effect. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the preliminary performance.

Further, in the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 8 as the gaming machine of means 9 related to the characteristic part 018SH,
The preliminary production includes an introduction production (for example, the introduction production of FIGS. 10-14 (B) to 10-15 (D)),
The effect executing means, in the introductory effect, displays a special effect (e.g., 10-15(D), an effect in which the character designates the timer) may be made executable.

According to such a configuration, it is possible to suggest a period in which the pre-production is performed in the introductory production. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the introductory presentation.

1 Pachinko game machine 4A First special symbol display device 4B Second special symbol display device 5 Image display device 103 CPU
120 Production control CPU

Claims (1)

A gaming machine capable of performing variable display of identification information and being able to be controlled in an advantageous state for a player,
Equipped with production execution means capable of executing production,
The production executing means is
It is possible to execute a plurality of types of announcement effects that announce the reliability of being controlled to the advantageous state,
Prior to execution of the advance notice effect, it is possible to execute a preliminary effect that displays any one of a plurality of types of special display,
After the special display is displayed, it is possible to execute a type of related effect corresponding to the type of the special display,
It is possible to execute a notification effect that notifies that it is controlled to the advantageous state,
A common notification effect can be executed regardless of which type of related effect is executed,
It is possible to execute the notice effect before it is notified that the control to the advantageous state is performed in the notification effect,
Depending on the type of the related effect, the selection ratio of the type of the announcement effect to be executed is different,
The preliminary effect includes an introductory effect and a predetermined effect in which a display mode of a predetermined display different from the special display is changed to a predetermined mode according to the passage of time,
The production executing means is
In the preliminary effect, the special display can be displayed while the predetermined effect is being executed,
A variable display of the decoration identification information can be executed corresponding to the variable display of the identification information,
The notification effect can be executed after the decoration identification information is displayed in a specific mode,
not executing a special effect with the decoration identification information as the specific mode during execution of the introductory effect;
A gaming machine, wherein the special effect can be executed after the related effect is executed.

Images